Quarterlytics / Advertising Agencies / Ebiquity

Ebiquity

ebq · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker ebq
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry Advertising Agencies
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Ebiquity
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
E

b

i

q

u

i

t

y

p

l

c

|

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

f

i

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

s

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

f

o

r

t

h

e

y

e

a

r

e

n

d

e

d

3

1

D

e

c

e

m

b

e

r

2

0

2

1

we are  
ebiquity

Annual report and financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2021

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contents

Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

An overview of key actions and events in  
2021 and early 2022, together with our 
priorities as we move forward.

This section provides information on  
how the Company is governed and the 
activities of the Board.

This section includes our financial statements, 
notes and auditors’ report for the Group 
and Company.

1   Highlights

2   At a glance

4   Chair’s statement

6   Chief Executive Officer’s review

13   Business model

14   Strategy

16   Key performance indicators

18   Accelerating the client engagement strategy

19   Product strategy

20   Case study 01

21   Regional review

22   North America

23   Case study 02

24   UK & Ireland

25   Continental Europe

26   Asia Pacific

27   Case study 03

28   Ebiquity’s Environmental, Social 

and Governance update

36   Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting

38   Section 172 statement

42   Financial review

47   Risks

50   Board of Directors

73   Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

52   Corporate governance report

74 

Independent auditors’ report

60   Audit & Risk Committee report

82   Consolidated income statement

63   Remuneration Committee report

83   Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

68   Directors’ report

84   Consolidated statement of financial position

Our strategy

85   Consolidated statement of changes in equity

86   Consolidated statement of cash flows

87   Notes to the consolidated financial statements

132  Company statement of financial position

133  Company statement of changes in equity

Read more on pages 14 and 15    

134  Notes to the Company financial statements

146  Advisers

146  Shareholder information

147  Glossary

148  Alternative performance measures

Environmental, 
social &  
governance

Read more on pages 28 to 35    

 
1

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Highlights

£63.1m

Revenue 
2020: £55.9m

£4.7m

Underlying operating  
profit/(loss)1
2020: £(0.3)m

£4.1m

2.7p

Underlying profit/(loss) 
before tax1
2020: £(1.3)m

Underlying earnings/(loss) 
per share1 
2020: (1.9)p

£(5.1)m

£(5.7)m

(8.5)p

Statutory operating loss
2020: £(2.9)m

Statutory loss before tax
2020: £(3.9)m

Statutory profit/(loss) 
per share
2020: (4.8)p

		 Revenue up £7.2 million (13%) to £63.1 million (2020: £55.9 million) reflecting strong 

		 Underlying earnings per share of 2.7p (2020: loss per share of 1.9p)

business momentum across all regions and business segments

		 Significant increase in revenue from higher margin digital media solutions to £3.7 million 

(2020: £1.0 million) 

		 Underlying operating profit up £5.0 million to £4.7 million (2020: loss of £0.3 million) 

		 Underlying operating profit margin of 7.5% 

		 Underlying operating costs of £50.8 million (2020: £49.8 million) a 2% increase,  

		 Statutory loss before tax is after accruing £7.9 million towards the deferred consideration for 
Digital Decisions BV, payable in 2023 (based on its expected performance in 2021 and 2022) 

		 Underlying operating cash inflow of £13.2 million (2020: £7.3 million)

		 Strong financial position at 31 December 2021 with net bank debt of £4.8 million 

(2020: £7.8 million) comprising cash balances of £13.1 million and bank debt of £17.9 million. 
The Company had undrawn bank facilities of a further £5.0 million

reflecting disciplined cost management

		 Loan facility increased in March 2022 to £30 million for a three-year term, extendable for 

two years 

1.  Underlying operating profit is defined as the operating profit excluding highlighted items. These include share-based payments, amortisation of purchased intangibles and non-recurring items. Underlying profit before tax and earnings per share 

are calculated based on the underlying operating profit.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements2

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

At a glance

Our purpose

Help clients eliminate 
waste and create value 

We are world leaders in media investment 
analysis. We harness the power of data to 
provide independent, fact-based advice, 
enabling brand owners to perfect media 
investment decisions and improve 
business outcomes.

Our deep and varied specialist media 
experience helps brands to drive efficiency 
and secure optimal effectiveness from their 
media spend, eliminating wastage and 
creating value. We focus our analysis and 
advice in five key areas:

		 Media management

		 Media performance

		 Marketing effectiveness

		 Technology advisory

		 Contract compliance

Ebiquity is able to provide independent, 
unbiased advice and solutions to brands 
because we have no commercial interest in 
any part of the supply chain. We offer no 
media execution or trading services, nor do 
we negotiate with media owners or 
publishers on behalf of our clients.

More than 500 media specialists operate 
from our 19 offices worldwide, covering 80% 
of the global advertising market, from 
Shanghai to Singapore, Sydney to New York, 
Paris to London.

Ebiquity has the most comprehensive, 
independent view of today’s global media 
market. We analyse US$55 billion of media 
spend from 75 markets annually, including 
trillions of digital media impressions. As a 
result, more than 70 of the world’s top 100 
advertisers today choose Ebiquity as their 
trusted media adviser.

Our values

We Collaborate
Collaboration is the foundation on which we build 
our business. It runs through everything we do. 
It drives us forward and it’s the gateway to 
creativity, clarity and courage.

We lead with Creativity
We’re constantly looking for new ways of doing 
things – and new ways of thinking.

We champion Clarity
We see opportunity in the complex and the 
opaque. We prioritise clarity for our clients and 
in the way we work.

We have Courage
A bold spirit leads to great things. We have an 
unshakeable belief in what we’re capable of 
together, as a team.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements3

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

At a glance continued

One 
Ebiquity

Ebiquity has 19 offices around 
the world, in markets which 
represent 80% of the world’s 
media investments. This means 
that we are best placed to advise 
multinational brand owners.

The Company has more than 
500 media specialists. We have 
the largest pool of dedicated 
media professionals outside 
the agency groups.

    Ebiquity local market presence

    Ebiquity offices

19 offices  
520 employees

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements4

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Chair’s  
statement

2021 was a year of significant 
progress. Ebiquity has a clear 
and refreshed strategy that is 
delivering results.”

2021 was a year of significant progress. 
Ebiquity has a clear and refreshed strategy 
that is delivering results, including more 
product solutions for the digital market 
and higher value, strategic client 
relationships accompanied by further 
operating efficiencies.

In Nick Waters’ first full year as Chief Executive Officer, 
a great deal has been achieved. He has put in place a strong 
and cohesive management team and developed a coherent 
and focused strategy, supported by an enhanced operational 
structure. As a result, we have seen a good recovery in the 
underlying performance of the business with strong revenue 
growth and improving operating margins. This is a noticeable 
achievement given the challenges posed by the impact 
of Covid-19 in the previous year. 

Ebiquity’s central purpose is to help brand owners increase 
returns from their media investments to improve business 
performance. We are world leaders in what we do, counting 
over 70 of the world’s top 100 advertisers as our clients. 
What is becoming clear is that our proposition is increasingly 
resonating in a vast media market that is becoming more 
complex and challenging for brand managers everywhere. 
This is seen in two areas – our ability to deepen relationships 
with existing clients through new products and our ability to 
win new mandates on the strength of our offering. 

At the heart of our refreshed strategy is the drive to develop 
new products that can make a meaningful difference to the 
increasingly complex challenges that our clients face. It is 
therefore very pleasing to see that digital media solutions 
has exceeded our expectations with strong revenue and 
margin growth as a result of the new product suite that  
we have introduced. Given the continuing growth in digital 
advertising which is dominated by mega brands such as 
Amazon and Meta, we continue to see good growth 
opportunities in this market for these solutions.

Our new geographically led organisational structure, which 
was put in place in January 2021, is proving an effective 
platform to provide harmonised end-to-end client solutions 
and increase opportunities for cross-selling. All of our main 
regions – Asia Pacific, Continental Europe, the UK and 
North America – performed well and we have strengthened 
the management teams in the US and China with the 
appointment of two new Managing Directors. We will 
continue to look at opportunities to expand our 
international presence to support our clients’ global needs 
and growth agendas.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
5

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Chair’s  
statement continued

While the Group undoubtedly benefited from the easing of 
Covid-19 restrictions in some markets towards the end of the 
year, it is also clear that the transformation of the business 
that Nick and his team are implementing has played a major 
part. The Group’s underperformance has been addressed and 
we now have a clearer and simplified strategic focus which is 
helping the business to gain momentum. Group revenue 
increased by 13%, representing a good recovery compared to 
a difficult 2020, underpinned by notable new business wins, 
the appeal of our wider product offering and improved 
performances from our all our geographies.

In my report to you last year I said that a key priority for the 
Board was to set out our Environmental, Social and 
Governance (‘ESG’) agenda. I am pleased to report that we 
have made good progress during the year. Early in 2021, two 
members of the Executive Leadership Team were tasked with 
leading our efforts and in September 2021 we formalised and 
launched our ESG strategy across all markets. Work is now 
underway to measure our environmental impacts and set 
targets to reduce this over time. Diversity, Equality and 
Inclusion continues to be a key area of focus where employees 
are supported in driving change throughout the business.  
Our culture roadmap has also progressed well during 2021  
as new values have been adopted and have begun to be 
embedded across the organisation, particularly in employee 
appraisal, recognition and reward. 

Throughout the year the Board has been fully engaged in the 
Company’s response to the pandemic and our priority has 
been the wellbeing of our staff, ensuring a safe working 
environment. On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank 
all of our employees for their dedication and resolve during 
what has been a very difficult time at both a personal and 
professional level.

During the year we welcomed Lara Izlan to the Board. 
Lara brings extensive experience from across the media 
industry with a particular expertise in digital advertising 
and marketing services, having held senior strategic and 
commercial positions at leading media brands and we have 
already benefited from her contribution to our Board 
discussions. After seven years on the Board, Tom Alexander 
will be stepping down at the conclusion of this year’s AGM. 
With his international business experience and knowledge of 
consumer brands, Tom has brought us valuable insights into 
how advertisers think and operate, and I should like to thank 
him on behalf of the Board for his input and commitment 
during his term of office.

Looking ahead, the opportunity for our business is enormous. 
The global market is huge, digital advertising is developing 
fast, and the challenges our clients are facing are increasingly 
complex. In January 2022, we announced the acquisition of 
Forde and Semple, the leading Canadian media performance 
consultancy, which will enhance our reach in North America. 
The position of the business and our strengthening balance 
sheet now enable the Group to consider further acquisitions 
while continuing to drive organic growth. 

Ebiquity has a small operation in Russia, which in 2021 
accounted for c.£1 million of revenue. Given the horrific 
developments in Ukraine, the operation is currently 
under review.

I firmly believe that Ebiquity, as the global leader in media 
investment analysis, with its strengthened management 
team and compelling offer, is very well placed to deliver 
significant value for all our stakeholders.

Rob Woodward
Chair

30 March 2022

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements6

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Chief Executive 
Officer’s review

We exist to help brand owners 
increase returns from their 
media investments and so 
improve business performance.”

Purpose
Ebiquity’s purpose is simple. We exist to 
help brand owners increase returns from 
their media investments and so improve 
business performance. We do this by 
analysing billions of dollars of advertising 
spend globally, as well as trillions of 
advertising impressions. Using this 
intelligence, we provide independent, 
fact-based advice which enables brands to 
drive efficiency and increase effectiveness. 
Our work helps to eliminate wasteful 
advertising spend and to create value.

We operate in a very large global advertising market, which 
is worth ~US$780 billion1. Of this, 64% is invested in digital 
channels, with approaching half of all advertising spend now 
invested via Alphabet, Meta, and Amazon1. We employ over 
500 specialists in 14 markets, which together represent 
four-fifths of global advertising spend.

We are able to provide objective, unbiased advice to our 
clients because we are entirely independent of the media 
supply chain. We offer no executional or trading services,  
nor do we negotiate with media owners on behalf of 
advertisers. As the world leader in media investment 
analysis, we count over 70 of the world’s top 100 advertisers 
as our clients.

2021 performance
Group revenue in the year to 31 December 2021 grew by 13% 
to £63.1 million, representing a strong recovery from the 
challenging prior year. This contributed to a return to 
profitability for the full year, building on the half year 
performance and delivery of underlying operating profit of 
£4.7 million, and an operating margin of 7.5%, as against a 
loss of £0.3 million in 2020. 

This performance was also due to our tight management of 
operating expenses which grew by only 2% to £50.8 million 
(2020: £49.8 million). Our revenue growth was delivered with 
a slightly reduced staffing level, reflecting our cost control 
and efficiency improvements achieved to date. 

This performance reflected the rapid growth of revenue 
from our new digital media solutions and the benefit of new 
business wins achieved over the last 18 months as well as the 
return of advertisers to more normal activity levels during 
2021. Our Media Management service, in particular, benefited 
from pent-up demand from delayed agency selection 
processes held over from the previous year. 

Ebiquity performed exceptionally well, winning major global 
agency selection mandates from leading advertisers including 
Unilever, Stellantis, Daimler, and Ferrero, as well as a 
significant number of national tenders from global brands 
including L’Oréal and Nestlé. 

Ebiquity managed six of the top 10 largest global and 
multinational agency selection processes by billings, including 
three of the top five, representing US$8.4 billion out of 
US$11.7 billion under review1. Most of this work was 
completed in the first half of 2021. 

1.  COMvergence

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
7

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Chief Executive 
Officer’s review continued

2021 performance continued 
Revenue recovered from most industry verticals, except for 
the still troubled travel and tourism sector. There was strong 
support from the FMCG category, although automotive was 
relatively subdued, as manufacturers struggled with supply 
chain issues and microchip shortages. 

All our regions and service lines achieved revenue growth  
as well as profitability improvements, with Asia Pacific and 
global clients growing the fastest. We saw a strong 
performance from Continental Europe, with North America 
gaining momentum, and more moderate revenue growth 
but significant profit increase in our large and mature UK 
business. 

The Group made good progress realigning itself for the 
digital-first needs of clients. The new suite of productised 
digital media solutions performed above expectations, with 
its revenue increasing by 260% to £3.7 million and delivering 
an operating profit margin of 51%.

Our media contract compliance division, FirmDecisions, 
increased its revenue by 31%, although its onsite audit 
operating model continued to be hindered, especially during 
the first half of the year, by the ongoing closure of agency 
offices due to the pandemic. We are expecting further 
recovery in this service line in 2022. 

Outlook
Following a strong recovery in 2021, we see further 
momentum in global advertising markets in 2022.  
High, single-digit growth is forecast at c.9%, although the 
consequences of the crisis in Ukraine may dampen this. 
Almost two-thirds of all global advertising spend will be 
through digital channels, with Alphabet, Meta, and Amazon 
expected to take more than 80% of the digital total and 
approaching half of all advertising expenditure.

The pandemic changed consumer behaviour, accelerating 
digital adoption. We see this as a permanent shift, and media 
investments will flow to the rapidly growing Advanced TV 
channels and e-Retail platforms. Advertisers will need 
increased support to understand how to make cost-effective 
use of these channels.

We expect that the pandemic will not disrupt advertising 
markets significantly in 2022 and the increasing demand for 
inventory will generate media price inflation. This will vary 
widely, from c.2% in China to more than 20% in both the US 
scatter market and for premium digital inventory as a whole. 
Advertisers will seek independent advisers both to benchmark 
their own performance against price inflation and to develop 
strategies to mitigate it.

The recent rulings by the Belgian and Dutch Data Protection 
Authorities – that the IAB Europe’s ‘Transparency and 
Consent Framework’ is unlawful and breaches GDPR – raises 
major questions over the whole European online advertising 
market. This follows earlier announcements from Google 
concerning the deprecation of third-party marketing cookies 
and Apple’s removal of ‘ID for Advertising’. Regulatory 
dynamics and the actions of tech platforms create greater 
complexity for advertisers. They will need renewed guidance 
on how to develop strategies that enable them to navigate 
and understand the effectiveness of different approaches.

As all corporates look to improve their ESG credentials, there 
is increased scrutiny of responsible media investment.  
This includes growing efforts to eliminate spend with bad 
actors in the supply chain – actors who promote hate content 
and disinformation, conduct fraudulent activities, or are in 
breach of data privacy and consumer consent laws. Ebiquity 
offers products and services to help brand owners address 
these challenges. We therefore see market conditions as 
supportive for top-line revenue growth, digital sales 
acceleration, and further margin improvement.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements8

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Chief Executive 
Officer’s review continued

Delivering the growth strategy
In late 2020, we outlined a strategy to simplify, clarify 
and focus the business. 

Winning new client mandates
Ebiquity’s primary target market comprises the world’s top 
100 advertisers. 

We have defined ourselves as deep market specialists in the 
media vertical, and as the world leader in media investment 
analysis which helps brand owners eliminate waste and 
create value. We provide our services through five Service 
Lines: Media Management, Media Performance, Marketing 
Effectiveness, Technology Advisory, and Contract 
Compliance.

We have focused the strategy on three central elements 
of Clients, Product, and Operational Efficiency, and have 
reorganised ourselves to manage the business through 
four geographic regions – North America, UK & Ireland, 
Continental Europe, and Asia Pacific. Our objective is 
to increase our presence in the world’s largest and fastest 
growing advertising markets of the US and Asia. A set of 
operational metrics has been published, against which we will 
report progress (see pages 16 and 17).

Our strategy is to invest in quality client relationship 
management to better develop the commercial opportunity. 
We aim to increase the proportion of our clients that buy our 
full range of services across all their markets. We established 
a Global Client Solutions Centre to support this strategy, and 
identified a universe of 21 higher value, strategic clients for 
focused relationship development. Revenue growth from this 
universe significantly exceeded expectations, enabling us to 
invest further in the talent capable of managing and growing 
our business among more of the world’s largest advertisers. 
Over the last 18 months, we have added Global Client 
Partners in the Netherlands, France, Germany and the US to 
provide dedicated relationship management to brand owners 
headquartered in those markets.

We have increased the number of clients buying two or more 
Service Lines from 58 at the end of 2020 to 76 by the end of 
2021, again exceeding our targets.

A client satisfaction survey conducted in September 
demonstrated a strong base from which we will build. 
The strategy for 2022 is to continue with this programme 
established over the last year.

Expanding our product offering
Ebiquity’s product strategy is focused on the development 
and deployment of a new suite of digital media solutions. 
These are data-led, productised, scalable, repeatable, and 
higher margin. To facilitate this, the Digital Decisions business 
– originally acquired in January 2020 – has been repurposed 
and now operates as Ebiquity’s Digital Innovation Centre 
(‘DIC’). Building on the success of its original Source Data 
Monitoring product, the DIC has now brought to market a 
total of seven digital media solutions. 

There remains a vast amount of wastage in advertisers’ 
digital media investments, running to tens of billions of dollars 
a year. Our product solutions identify where our clients’ digital 
media spend is being wasted. In so doing, they enable 
advertisers to course-correct and so minimise wastage, 
reinvest more effectively, and create value. We typically see  
15 to 30% of digital media spend being wasted which, when 
eliminated, creates millions of dollars in value for our clients.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements9

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Chief Executive 
Officer’s review continued

Expanding our product offering continued
The rate at which we have onboarded clients and sold digital 
solutions has exceeded our expectations. The number of 
clients buying these services rose from 10 to 28 during 2021, 
accounting for over US$3 billion of digital media investment 
and 639 billion impressions, across 87 markets. This success 
demonstrates the scalability of our platform and has rapidly 
built a global data pool unmatched by any competitor. 
We have the broadest and deepest view of the digital 
media market of any independent company.

The product strategy for 2022 continues the programme of 
bringing more solutions to market, building on the momentum 
of revenue growth and margin enhancement.

Creating a more efficient business
In 2021, the Group focused its efforts on transferring more 
work from onshore country teams to our near-shore Media 
Operations Centre. We can be satisfied with progress, with 
the Centre supporting 15% more projects than the prior year, 
thus improving our economies of scale.

Several projects have been initiated to further standardise 
and harmonise ways of working across the Group and 
facilitate greater automation. This is a high priority for 2022, 
with the goal of realising further efficiency gains.

Reorganised for stronger 
regional performance
The Group has moved to a new organisational structure,  
with the business managed through four regions: North 
America, UK & Ireland, Continental Europe, and Asia Pacific. 
FirmDecisions – the contract compliance division – is the only 
remaining business unit managed vertically. All regions 
performed well in 2021 in revenue and profit terms.

We recruited new Managing Directors in the US and China, 
the world’s two largest advertising markets where Ebiquity 
has historically been underweight. With stronger leadership, 
we see the opportunity to penetrate these critical markets 
better and so to scale our business. Paul Williamson (US) and 
Stewart Li (China) both joined the Group in January 2021 and 
made an immediate positive impact.

The new business performance in both markets has been 
strong. In the US, Ebiquity won new clients including a market 
leading retailer and global packaged goods advertiser, as well 
as additional assignments from West Coast technology 
companies and automotive manufacturers. Our China 
business won major domestic advertisers including Huawei 
and Meng Niu, as well as international brands, LVMH and 
adidas®.

During the year, we launched media performance services 
organically in the Indian market to add to our local contract 
compliance offering. This is under the leadership of Sandeep 
Srivastava, a highly experienced specialist, formerly with 
Accenture Media Management. India is one of the world’s 
fastest growing media markets, a strategically important one 
to many advertisers, and extremely complex – all 
characteristics which support demand for Ebiquity’s services.

In January 2022, Ebiquity acquired Forde & Semple, Canada’s 
leading media investment analysis business. Forde & Semple 
was a long-time outsourced partner, serving Ebiquity’s 
international clients in the Canadian market. This move now 
extends our direct relationship with those clients, gains us 
access to the world’s twelfth largest advertising market, and 
adds a roster of blue-chip Canadian advertisers to our client 
list. The business will be fully integrated within our North 
America region and rebranded as Ebiquity Canada. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements10

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Chief Executive 
Officer’s review continued

Setting the agenda
Ebiquity has continued to lead our market in thought 
leadership, shaping industry debate on major topics, 
introducing new themes, and responding to market events.

We have published a series of white papers and held webinars 
on a series of subject areas including Advanced TV, the 
deprecation of third-party cookies and its impact on online 
targeting, responsible media, and trust in advertising. Our 
joint report with Usercentrics, titled ‘The Current State of 3rd 
Party Cookies’, identified the prevalence of breaches in GDPR 
consumer consent in the online advertising market and the 
transfer of data outside the EU. The paper added fuel to the 
debate around the targeting of online advertising and the 
breach of regulations. Subsequently, both the Belgian and 
Dutch Data Protection Authorities found IAB Europe’s 
‘Transparency and Consent Framework’ to be unlawful and 
in contravention of GDPR.

Environmental, Social and Governance 
At Ebiquity, we understand the importance of a clear 
approach to ESG matters. We are at an early stage in 
developing our policies and practices and now plan to 
establish appropriate baseline metrics and objectives against 
which we will report in future. We will continue to engage with 
investors and other stakeholders on ESG issues and ensure 
that the Board and management team review ways for 
Ebiquity to progress further towards becoming a more 
sustainable business.

Summary
The dynamics of the global media market are supportive 
for Ebiquity’s business.

The Group serves a very large market, with advertisers 
spending c.US$780 billion to promote their products and 
services to consumers. It is a highly complex market, 
characterised by both a fragmentation of channel choice 
and an ambiguity of what constitutes effectiveness.

Digital media, which now accounts for almost two-thirds of 
all global advertising spend, is fraught with challenges.  
Huge amounts of fraud, unlawful use of consumer data,  
and the removal of industry standard targeting plague the 
industry, resulting in tens of billions of dollars wasted 
investment.

These are issues which we see as embedded for the long term. 
Advertisers therefore need independent expertise and advice 
to invest their budgets responsibly and to improve 
effectiveness. Ebiquity is well placed to meet this need. 

Outlook
We believe that our refocused strategy and the 
performance enhancements achieved in the last year will 
enable us to make further progress this year in line with our 
plans. The momentum achieved last year has continued 
across all our geographies and services in the current financial 
year, supported by a healthy sales pipeline and trading in the 
first quarter is in line with the Board’s expectations.

While the global economic environment and the recent 
outbreak of war in Ukraine create significant uncertainties, 
we believe that the dynamics of the advertising market 
continue to offer opportunities for Ebiquity to develop its 
business as planned. 

Nick Waters
Chief Executive Officer

30 March 2022

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements11

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Chief Executive 
Officer’s review continued

Performance review
Revenue by segment

Segment 

Media 

Analytics and Tech

Group 

FY21
£m

52.8

10.3

63.1

Revenue

FY20
£m

46.0

9.9

55.9

Variance

£m

6.8

0.4

7.2

%

15%

4%

13%

Media 
Revenue in the Media segment, which comprises Media Performance, Media Management 
and Contract Compliance services, increased by 15% from the prior year to £52.8 million. 
This growth was driven by a number of factors. Revenue from our digital media solutions 
continued to increase significantly, more than trebling compared to 2020, the year in which 
Digital Decisions joined the Group. Their core source data monitoring service was serving 
28 clients by the year end and the new services launched during the year (such as Digital Value 
Index and Responsible Media Investment) also generated revenue in line with our plans. 
Our other Media Performance services – which help clients to assess and optimise their 
media buying performance – increased revenue by 4%. Revenue from Media Management 
services, which includes agency selection advice, increased by 68%, reflecting the high level 
of tendering activity by advertisers in the year, some of which was deferred from 2020 as 
a result of the pandemic. 

Contract Compliance (branded as FirmDecisions) increased revenue by 31%, reflecting in 
part that agencies began to provide easier access to their offices and data following the 
restrictions due to Covid-19 in 2020 and the early part of 2021. 

Geographically, all regions achieved good revenue growth. APAC was up by 23%, including 
China where revenue increased by 27%, reflecting its new management team’s success in 
winning domestic market share. The US increased revenue by 15% and Continental Europe 
by 14%, with France growing by 25% and Italy by 20%, reflecting recent client wins in these 
markets (such as Stellantis and Generali). UK and Ireland, our largest and most mature region, 
grew revenue by only 1% but more than doubled its profits. Our specialist unit responsible for 
multi-market media projects increased revenue by 15%, reflecting our focus on increasing the 
value of major global accounts. 

Analytics and Tech
Total revenue from Analytics and Tech increased by 4% to £10.3 million. Within this, our 
Marketing Effectiveness service line grew by 13%. This applies advanced analytics and data 
science techniques to help brands to plan and optimise their media investment, especially in 
sectors such as telecoms, automotive and financial services. Our Australian-based MarTech 
business, Digital Balance, increased revenue by 20% for its web optimisation services. 
However, revenue in our AdTech service, which helps brand owners to address the challenges 
of managing digital media and automated trading programmes, fell by 13% as a recently 
completed major project was not replaced in the short term. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements12

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Chief Executive 
Officer’s review continued

Performance review continued
Operating profit by segment

Segment 

Media 

Analytics and Tech

Unallocated costs

Group  

Underlying operating profit

Operating profit margin

FY21
£m

10.1

1.4

(6.7)

4.7

FY20
£m

6.8

(0.7)

(6.4)

(0.3)

Variance

£m

3.3

2.1

(0.3)

(5.1)

%

48%

—

5%

—

FY21
%

19%

14%

—

7%

FY20
%

15%

(7%)

—

(1%)

Media increased underlying operating profit by 48% to £10.1 million and its margin to 19%, after falling to 15% in 2020. This reflected the overall increase in revenue which was delivered while 
maintaining stable operating costs and staff levels, as well as the growth in higher margin digital media solutions. It also reflected the continued growth in the proportion of work undertaken 
by our Madrid based Media Operations Centre, which increased activity by 15%. 

Analytics and Tech returned to profitability after being loss making in 2020 with both the total profit of £1.4 million and the margin of 14% now exceeding the levels achieved in 2019 prior to the 
pandemic. This reflects the initiatives undertaken, especially in the Analytics area, to reduce the cost of delivering projects.

Unallocated costs, which comprise corporate and support costs, increased by £0.3 million, largely due to the re-establishment of a bonus provision in the year, whereas none was paid in 2020. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements13

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Business model

Ebiquity’s purpose is to help brand owners increase returns from 
their media investments and so improve business performance.

Our assets:

Why advertisers choose Ebiquity:

Strategic focus:

The Ebiquity brand

Geographic distribution

In a complex and ever evolving media market, the 
Ebiquity brand is respected by both the client and 
agency communities for the quality of its work and 
the integrity of its people.

Ebiquity is present in 14 markets globally, representing 
80% of the world’s media investments.

Independence

Clients

Over 70 of the world’s top 100 advertisers trust 
the Ebiquity Group to advise them.

Ebiquity is one of very few participants in the media market 
with no vested commercial interests in any part of the supply 
chain. This ensures advertisers can depend on our advice 
being fully objective.

1

Clients

2

Product

Data

Close client relationship

The combination of clients and markets gives the 
Company access to large quantities of media data. 
The Group analysed over US$3 billion of digital 
media investment and 639 billion impressions 
in 2021.

People

The Company employs over 500 media specialists. 
There is no other player with the same depth and 
breadth of specialist expertise.

The Company services 14 clients which each generate more 
than £1 million in revenue. All are top global advertisers, 
representing multiple categories, which is testament 
to the breadth of our client base.

Comprehensive range of products

In 2021, the Company deployed and significantly increased 
sales of an array of highly scalable, profitable, best-in-class 
digital solutions designed to help advertisers eliminate 
wastage and create value in their digital media investments.

3

Operational 
efficiency

4

Geographic 
development

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements14

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Strategy

1 
Clients 

2 
Product 

Although the Group has ~500 clients in total, most buy a single product from 
the Company. This may be an annual media benchmarking project or a 
contract compliance audit. These relationships can be categorised as 
transactional. However, the Group has a core group of higher value clients 
that can be categorised as strategic relationships. There is a third universe of 
middle value clients which have the potential for material revenue growth.

With digital now the dominant segment of media investment, we are focusing 
our strategy on new product solutions for the digital market. We are 
developing a suite of products that can help advertisers minimise and 
ultimately eliminate wastage, to reinvest back into the business or return to 
the bottom line. In doing so, Ebiquity will migrate from being a people based 
consultancy to a data driven solutions company.

2021 progress:
		 Revenue from higher value strategic clients growing ahead 

of expectations

		 Addition of three new Global Client Partners adds to bench 
strength of strategic customer management and broadens 
geographic reach – US, Paris, Amsterdam

		 Media management gained major global agency selection 
mandates – including Unilever, Ferrero, BMW, Daimler

		 Effective cross-sell into new digital product solutions

Future 
objectives:
		 Global Client 

Solutions Centre 
progressing

		 Slower growth 
from mid-tier 
and long-tail 
clients

2021 progress:
		 Media Data Vault scaled infrastructure is live

		 Strong revenue products launched in July  

– Campaign Governance and Audit  
Data Assessment

		 Responsible Media Investment product pilot  
– six months’ data reviewed in January 2022

		 Client update of new digital solutions ahead of plan

Future 
objectives:
		 Further 

products under 
development

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements15

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Strategy continued

3 
Operational efficiency

4 
Geographic development 

The Group aims to improve the operating margin by achieving greater 
operational efficiencies. The Company established a Group Scaled 
Delivery Centre in Spain in mid‑2019, which has transitioned into the 
Media Operations Centre (‘Media Ops’). In 2021, Media Ops increased 
productive hours by 38% and supported 24% of all Media Performance 
and Media Management projects across the Group.

The Group is now organised and managed on a geographic basis. In 2021, the 
Company announced the opening of a Mumbai office and added local Media 
services in India to FirmDecisions’ offering.

2021 progress:
		 Simplified management structure implemented with 
horizontal integration under regional management

		 Clarified offering through five Service Lines

		 Process automation progress in the US Media Performance 

business, and a solution being tested in FirmDecisions

		 38% increase in productive hours and 15% increase in Media 

projects supported by Media Operations Centre 

		 Media Ops team extended to Guatemala to support the US 

business in its time zone

Future 
objectives:
		 Further process 
harmonisation 
to be developed 
for Media 
Performance

2021 progress:
		 New Managing Directors recruited in January in the US and 

China

		 Several new business wins:

		 US – Large global FMCG becomes top three client; 

global tech leader – including digital product solutions

		 China – Meng Niu, LVMH, plus adidas®

		 SEA – Singapore Tourism Board global mandate

Future 
objectives:
		 Build Ebiquity’s 
operations  
in India

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements16

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Key performance indicators

In late 2020 we outlined a strategy to simplify, clarify and 
focus the business. A set of operational metrics has been 
published against which we report progress below.

# of clients buying one or more products 
from the new digital portfolio

Volume of digital advertising monitored 
(billions of impressions)

Value of digital advertising monitored 
(billions of spend US$bn)

28

2021  
actual

639

3.03

28

2021  
actual

639

2021  
actual

3.03

Baseline

10

Baseline

112

Baseline

0.48

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements17

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Key performance indicators continued

# of countries served  
with new digital products

# of clients buying two  
or more Services Lines

% of revenue from  
digital services

87

2021  
actual

76

29

87

2021  
actual

76

2021  
actual

29

Baseline

50

Baseline

58

Baseline

25

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements18

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Accelerating the 
client engagement 
strategy 

We now service 14 clients 
who each generate more than 
£1m in revenue.”

2021 was clearly a year of recovery and 
adjustment in the midst of the pandemic, 
but it was also one in which many 
advertisers faced considerable, ongoing 
challenges. Well documented supply chain 
issues – such as with semi-conductors – 
forced many brands and categories to 
reappraise how they do business. Central to 
this reappraisal was the role of marketing 
communications.

3.5x

Average revenue per 
client from those 
purchasing two Service 
Lines is around 3.5 times 
as much as those 
purchasing only one

In this complex environment, Ebiquity enhanced its role as 
a trusted adviser to many leading global advertisers. 
We continued our strategic focus on 21 key global clients 
and grew revenue among this group considerably ahead of 
already ambitious targets. We now service 14 clients who 
each generate more than £1 million in revenue. All are top 
global advertisers, representing multiple categories, which 
is testament to the breadth of our client base.

This strong performance enabled us to invest further in 
senior team members. We expanded both the number and 
geographical distribution of our team of Global Client 
Partners, diversifying away from our historical London bias. 
We can now lead client engagements from several European 
locations as well as London and New York, reflecting the 
geographical spread of our primary target customers, the top 
100 global advertisers.

The success of our client engagement went beyond our 21 key 
clients, as the leadership of our Global Client Partners 
inspired and informed improved ways of working throughout 
the team. We now have 76 clients buying two or more Service 
Lines, an increase of almost a third, year on year. This is a 
critical measure of success for Ebiquity, because the average 
revenue per client from those purchasing two Service Lines is 
around 3.5 times as much as those purchasing only one, 
reflecting the changed dynamic of such engagements.

In 2022, we will be building further on the proven success of 
our approach to client engagement in the following ways:

		 Expanding our focus client set by a third to 28 clients

		 Further codifying and standardising best practices, 

as defined by our Global Client Partners

		 Reshaping our Global Client Solutions team to create a 

larger and even better distributed client engagement team

		 Developing strategies for the tier of the next 50 clients, 

by revenue

Mark Gay
Chief Client Officer

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
19

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Product  
strategy

Revenues from the portfolio of 
new digital solutions quadrupled 
compared with 2020.”

Digital solutions successes in 2021
2021 was a pivotal year for Ebiquity in 
terms of digital products. We deployed 
and significantly increased sales of an array 
of highly scalable, profitable, best-in-class 
solutions designed to help advertisers 
eliminate wastage and create value in their 
digital media investments. We structurally 
identify and deliver value opportunities of 
between 15% and 45% of their total 
ad spend.

With seven new solutions launched in 2021, we are ahead of 
target. This is reflected in our commercial performance. 
Revenues from the portfolio of new digital solutions 
quadrupled compared with 2020, and we achieved a 
sustainable operating profit margin of more than 50% across 
the portfolio. This underpins the commercial rationale for 
investing in a new solutions strategy and delivery model, 
with scalable, centralised delivery capabilities.

We now provide 28 clients with these new digital solutions 
– up from 10 in 2020 – most of which are top 100 
global advertisers. 

1.  See Microsoft customer story at https://bit.ly/3HsLFF5

In 2021, we monitored over 600 billion ad impressions and 
US$3.3 billion in digital ad investments, across a total of 87 
countries. We significantly exceeded our growth targets for 
the year, largely driven by an efficient sales enablement 
programme, proprietary certifications, and structural 
marketing support.

Our solutions are driven by an unparalleled, proprietary,  
media data infrastructure known as the Media Data Vault.  
As Microsoft enterprise power users, we released a customer 
success story about our advanced usage of the Azure, Power 
BI and Data Bricks cloud solutions.1 We operate as curators 
and custodians of vast amounts of rich data, both from 
clients and from value-adding, external sources.

We will continue to expand the solutions portfolio and are 
focused on a global sales acceleration programme to 
maximise value and returns in 2022.

Responsible media investment solution launch
In an accelerated, eight month sprint of design, development, 
and deployment, we successfully launched a fully fledged 
solution for responsible media investments in 2021. Ten large 
advertisers participated in a paid pilot programme, allowing 
us to develop a first-of-its-kind, practical utility for tracking 
and improving responsible media investment decisions, 
according to several critical parameters of Environmental, 
Social and Governance (‘ESG’) best practice.

Defunding harmful disinformation – for example around 
racism or climate change denial – is a top priority for many 
advertisers. We provide them with the tools they need to 
make meaningful decisions and implement a strong and 
coherent policy. We also support clients on proactive 
investments in minority owned media companies, as they 
seek to invest in a more representative way and prevent the 
inadvertent exclusion of specific, frequently ignored 
demographics.

Ebiquity operates as the independent governing party, 
providing structural, validated insights and advice for action. 
We also help advertisers report to their C-level and boards on 
the progress being made on responsibility. Additionally, we 
work closely together with industry bodies and NGOs to 
ensure we help to lead industry-wide awareness and action.

Our next frontier is to provide accurate Scope 3 emissions 
measurement against investments in advertising, to help 
advertisers track – as well as optimise and/or offset – 
emissions caused by their advertising activity. 

Ruben Schreurs
Group Chief Product Officer

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
20

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Case study 01

Working with Nestlé to increase 
value throughout the year 

We work as an extension of the Nestlé team to provide ongoing digital media governance 

Client 
objectives

Ebiquity 
approach

Business 
impact

Nestlé need to create governance, 
value and efficiency from digital media 
spend across multiple business units, 
while holding agency partners 
accountable to targets and the Nestlé 
Global Digital Accountability Plan.

Ebiquity’s Digital Innovation Centre 
worked with the Nestlé UK media 
team, business units, and agency 
partners to:

		 Define and implement a multi-year 

Digital Media Governance 
Programme, designed to incentivise 
more efficient and best practice 
trading 

		 Provide timely, actionable insights 

across all business units and brands, 
powered by automation and source 
data 

		 Bring structured, rules based 

methodology for best practice 
digital trading with quantified 
recommendations and ongoing 
monitoring of business impact 

Nestlé’s Digital Media Governance 
Programme governs all digital media 
spend, consistently driving 
improvements and minimising 
wastage.

In 2020, we identified a value 
opportunity of 10% of digital spend. 
30% of this opportunity had already 
been realised in H1 2021 through 
effective change management – 
working directly with the agency teams 
to redirect spend to better performing 
placements.

To drive incremental value with Nestlé 
in 2022, we are evolving the digital 
governance programme and value 
levers to drive further sophistication.

30%

value opportunity 
realised in H1 2021

21

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Regional review

The Group is now organised and 
managed on a geographic basis.

North America

UK & Ireland

Ebiquity North America made significant progress in 2021 in several important areas. 
These included: new client acquisition; existing client relationship development; new 
leadership and appointments to key roles; service and product expansion; and improved 
financial and operational performance. 

The UK and Ireland media market enjoyed a remarkable recovery from the coronavirus 
pandemic, with ad spend reaching record levels in 2021. 

Strong performance has been in evidence across most media channels, including not 
only digital channels such as search, online video, and social, but also traditional 
channels of TV and radio.

Continental Europe

Asia Pacific

Continental Europe was significantly impacted by the pandemic in 2020, but advertisers 
massively reinvested in media in 2021, positively impacting our business. Our work this 
year has been dominated by client challenges over media inflation, finding the optimal 
media partners while leveraging the right technologies and adjusting communications to 
new consumer media behaviours. 

By strengthening its management and digital capabilities, the APAC region enjoyed a 
successful 2021 and double-digit revenue growth. 

The appointment of Stewart Li enabled our China operation to experience its best 
growth performance in recent years. A combination of high value multinational 
businesses and strong local players were identified and converted as new business wins. 

Read more on pages 22 to 27    

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements22

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

North America

We enjoyed multi‑service wins and 
US led service and geographic 
expansion with three of the world’s 
top 10 biggest advertisers.”

Ebiquity North America made significant 
progress in 2021 in several important areas. 
These included: new client acquisition; 
existing client relationship development; 
new leadership and appointments to key 
roles; service and product expansion; and 
improved financial and operational 
performance. Evidence that our 
engagements are driving value for some of 
the world’s most sophisticated marketers 
was provided by significant, multi-service 
wins and US led service and geographic 
expansion with three of the world’s top 10 
biggest advertisers.

Overall, top line revenue and margin improvement was strong, 
as our clients returned to a more normalised level of 
engagement in the wake of the pandemic. Active new 
business opportunities also increased markedly, illustrating 
the US market recovery from the challenges of the 2020 
environment.

Having joined the Company as MD of the North America 
business in January, I was able to enhance the leadership 
team with the appointment of several experienced 
practitioners. David Abramo joined in the newly created role 
of Director, Media Management, as well as Bronwyn Rivett, 
the new Finance Director for the region. The US also 
established its first Client Partner roles, attracting talent 
focused on developing strategic client relationships.

Our US client base responded positively to the new Ebiquity 
digital media suite of products and services, with progress 
accelerating throughout the year. Towards the end of 2021, 
we introduced new-to-market solutions for Advanced TV, 
a fast growing and previously underserved sector in 
the market.

Building on the positive momentum achieved, in 2022 we are 
focusing on: expanding the services we provide to large US 
domestic and US based multinational advertisers; continued 
delivery of core, market leading digital solutions; and 
providing further operational improvements in service delivery 
through greater use of automation and central resourcing of 
elements of our workflow. The continued significance of client 
spend in Advanced TV and e-Retail Media represents a 
sizeable opportunity for our emerging client solutions in these 
areas.

In January 2022, we completed the acquisition of the 
largest Canadian media auditing firm, Forde and Semple. 
This acquisition enables us to directly penetrate the 
Canadian market, the twelfth largest market globally by 
ad spend and the sixth ranked market in terms of share of 
digital media spend.

Paul Williamson
Managing Director – North America

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
23

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Case study 02

Identifying value savings with one 
of the world’s largest advertisers

Recommendations from this first round of work are already being implemented across 
multiple geographies

Client 
objectives

Ebiquity 
approach

Business 
impact

The client engaged us to create 
immediate impact by mobilising 
15 global markets to perform detailed 
media cost and quality audits and 
AVP tracking, taking over from their 
prior partner. The project focused on 
their two lead business units 
representing their heaviest media 
investment, adding to the complexity 
and urgency of a rapid onboarding.

As a global leadership team led out of 
North America, we quickly activated 
our internal and external partners 
across key markets in order to drive 
recommended local scopes tailored to 
market nuances and gain approvals 
from a decentralised matrix of global 
and local clients. Simultaneously, 
we partnered with the client’s global 
media AOR to establish processes and 
ways of working to ensure readiness to 
begin the work. As a result, in a matter 
of weeks, all local clients and agency 
groups were onboarded and ready to 
begin the US work, which was 
completed on an expedited timeline.

Our cumulative analysis across 
markets identified US$87 million in 
incremental value savings based on 
cost and quality along with additional 
opportunities to address premiums in 
four countries. With the aligned 
decision to conduct analyses on a  
semi-annual basis for more timely 
insights and impact on media buying, 
recommendations from this first round 
of work are already being implemented 
across multiple geographies.  
In addition, and as importantly,  
our integrated delivery of this first 
comprehensive assignment is already 
creating opportunities for incremental 
business and expansion across business 
units. 

US$87m

in incremental 
value identified.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements24

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

UK & Ireland 

2021 has been a particularly 
noteworthy year for our work 
advising brands on media agency 
pitches.”

The UK and Ireland media market has 
enjoyed a remarkable recovery from the 
coronavirus pandemic, with ad spend 
reaching record levels in 2021. Strong 
performance has been in evidence across 
most media channels, including not only 
digital channels such as search, online video, 
and social, but also traditional channels of 
TV and radio.

From Ebiquity’s perspective, the region has been performing 
well, driven both by the retention of our longstanding clients 
and a very positive year for new business. Our client roster 
continues to be impressive and diverse, including both leading 
global and local brand owners across many industries. 
For example, our top 20 clients cover the automotive, 
telecommunications, financial services, retail, utilities, and 
technology sectors. The region also welcomed big brands 
including Sky and DiDi as new clients to Ebiquity.

2021 has been a particularly noteworthy year for our work 
advising brands on media agency pitches. Post-pandemic, 
advertisers are realigning their expectations and require even 
greater strategic thinking and digital and tech capabilities, 
in addition to cost optimisation. Brands including Lloyds 
Banking Group – as well as many others who choose to keep 
their pitch processes confidential – have appointed Ebiquity 
as their trusted partner to run their agency search process.

The last year has also seen brand owners requiring even 
greater accountability on how their media investments are 
performing. This has led to increased focus on marketing 
effectiveness and the need to link marketing investment to 
business outcomes. Marketers are under sustained pressure 
to deliver meaningful return on investment. Many are looking 
to optimise both spending and the marketing mix to deliver 
on their business objectives. Increasingly, we are integrating 
delivery across our service lines to help brands understand the 
dynamics of within media channel, across media channel, and 
campaign.

Projections for 2022 show a positive growth outlook for 
regional revenue and profitability. Growth will be achieved 
through the combination of: promotion of our digital media 
services, the launch of next generation media performance 
services, and even greater integration between our service 
lines. Greater operational efficiencies will be achieved through 
increased near-shoring and automation of appropriate tasks.

Nick Pugh
Managing Director – UK & Ireland

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
25

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Continental Europe 

Advertisers have massively 
reinvested in media in 2021, 
positively impacting our business.”

Continental Europe was significantly 
impacted by the pandemic in 2020, but 
advertisers have massively reinvested in 
media in 2021, positively impacting our 
business. Our work this year has been 
dominated by client challenges over media 
inflation, finding the optimal media 
partners while leveraging the right 
technologies and adjusting communications 
to new consumer media behaviours.

From an organic revenue perspective, the region has 
performed well, both in terms of renewals with key clients and 
winning new business. Within our top 10 clients, the 
automotive and beauty industries have performed strongest. 
Advertisers are centralising their operating models globally or 
regionally, contributing significantly to the revenue generated 
by our biggest spending clients compared with 2020. Many 
medium and large advertisers have reviewed media partners 
during the pandemic, looking for enhanced expertise, digital 
capabilities, and cost optimisation. In the region, brands 
including Daimler, Lacoste, L’Oréal, and Kärcher appointed 
Ebiquity to run pitch processes.

Digital ad spend grew by around 20% in Germany and 
France in 2021, driven by social, search and online video. 
This acceleration means Continental Europe is fast catching 
up with the US and UK in terms of share of spend dedicated 
to digital, thanks to both new media consumption habits and 
the rise of e-commerce.

Performance in 2021 was strong in most markets across the 
region – Germany, France, Spain, Portugal, and Russia – with 
a double-digit operating profit increase over 2020. Increased 
revenue has been bolstered by efficiencies driven by new local 
operational leads, responsible for optimising deliveries and 
outsourcing work to our Media Operations Centre in Madrid.

The international team was reinforced by the appointment of 
two new Client Partners to lead key, strategic accounts and 
build relationships in the region. Tom Van Esser, based in 
Amsterdam, and Emmanuel Barber, based in Paris. 
The German team has been strengthened by two senior 
appointments – Stefan Uhl, Business Operations Director, 
and Andreas Weiss, Client Business Director.

There is a very positive outlook for both revenue and 
operating profit margin in the region in 2022. Growth 
priorities centre on the promotion of our digital suite of 
services for international clients and the acceleration of 
operational efficiencies via automation.

Laetitia Zinetti
Managing Director – Europe

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
26

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Asia Pacific 

The APAC region enjoyed a 
successful 2021 and double‑digit 
revenue growth.”

By strengthening its management and 
digital capabilities, the APAC region enjoyed 
a successful 2021 and double-digit revenue 
growth. The appointment of Stewart Li 
enabled our China operation to experience 
its best growth performance in recent years. 
A combination of high value multinational 
businesses and strong local players were 
identified and converted as new business 
wins, including LVMH and adidas®, together 
with expanded remits with local players 
Kang Shi Fu and Meng Niu. 

These successes have expanded our client base and 
positioned Ebiquity very strongly going into 2022 in the 
world’s second largest advertising market. We have 
increased our market leadership and expect this to continue 
in 2022.

Other achievements include successfully testing the 
application of our international digital solutions in China 
with the aim of providing our multinational clients with a 
global overview of the impact of their digital media spend. 
We have also built the largest influencer benchmark pool in 
China and secured Unilever business as a direct result of this.

Sandeep Srivastava – formerly with Accenture Media 
Management Services – was appointed in October 2021 to 
launch Ebiquity India, building on the established contract 
compliance capabilities in the market under the FirmDecisions 
brand. With a digital-first focus, we have already secured two 
top 10 clients and we are confident of further wins in 2022.

South East Asia also grew to achieve its highest revenue since 
the office opened for business in 2014, with the global win of 
the Singapore Tourism Board. This followed the 2020 win of 
the republic’s Economic Development Board. In addition, we 
expanded the service offering into creative consulting to help 
advertisers looking for an integrated service. This will open up 
major new opportunities in the region in 2022.

Australia was also successful in its local market, securing 
business with the New South Wales state government and 
Westpac, the local banking and financial services group. 

For 2022, the focus is: (i) to build on the successes in 2021; 
(ii) to increase the pace of adoption of our global digital 
solutions offering across the APAC region; (iii) to expand our 
ability to support Asian-based global advertisers; and (iv) to 
build our multi market processing capabilities in India. There is 
a meaningful opportunity for strong revenue growth as well 
as enhanced margin by improving operating efficiencies.

Leela Nair
Managing Director – APAC

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
27

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Case study 03

Transforming Ooredoo’s 
digital media governance 

Global programme to improve digital value optimisation across markets and channels

Client 
objectives

Ebiquity 
approach

Business 
impact

Ooredoo QSC is a Qatari 
multinational telecommunications 
company headquartered in Doha. 
Ooredoo provides mobile, wireless, 
landline, and content services with 
a market share in domestic and 
international telecommunication 
markets, and in business and 
residential markets.

As part of its programme to drive 
excellence in digital media programme 
management, Ooredoo wanted to 
increase effectiveness and efficiency 
across all areas of its digital media 
investments. 

Ebiquity’s Digital Innovation Centre 
worked with Ooredoo’s central team, 
local market OPCOs, and agency 
partners to enhance and implement 
a set of global Governance Principles 
designed to measure and improve the 
optimisation value of digital media 
investments. 

Powered by automated data extracted 
directly from source, covering display, 
social, video, search and programmatic 
media, Ooredoo’s new robust digital 
governance framework generates 
actionable real-time insights across 
all markets, services and campaigns 
with a complete overview of digital 
efficiency and effectiveness across 
markets.

Our future focused digital 
governance solution covered an 
in-depth assessment of Ooredoo’s 
digital media investments across six 
key markets. In Q2 2021, we delivered 
a Microsoft Azure-based Media Data 
Vault with a Power BI interface to drill 
down on the optimisation 
opportunities for all six markets 
using FY20 data as the baseline. 

The programme uncovered a 22% 
optimisation opportunity in 
Ooredoo’s digital media investments 
with actionable recommendations for 
each channel. 

Ooredoo plan to roll out the digital 
governance programme in more 
markets starting in 2022. 

22%

Digital investment 
value opportunity 
covering paid display, 
social, video, 
programmatic and 
search across six 
global markets.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements28

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Ebiquity’s 
Environmental, 
Social and 
Governance update 

Achieving business success 
with integrity, without prejudice, 
and with a light footprint.”

Nick Pugh 
MD – UK & Ireland 

Laetitia Zinetti
MD – Continental Europe

Overview
Awareness of and the desire to drive 
improvements that ensure environmental 
and social sustainability have never been 
higher. We all have a responsibility to 
continually adapt our lives, to address  
what and how we consume and act.  
This approach can help reverse effects from 
yesterday, prevent further damage today 
and ensure that we have healthy, inclusive 
places to live for generations to come.

While individuals must make themselves accountable, 
companies clearly have a major responsibility to act. After all, 
corporations have had and continue to have a massive impact 
on the environment and broader societal issues. So, by 
incorporating the right ESG culture into a business it is 
possible to make a significant difference. As an organisation, 
we at Ebiquity understand our responsibility. This is not at 
odds with our business goals. In fact, ESG done well should 
align positive business outcomes with both people and planet.

Our ESG strategy is driven by and is designed to reinforce our 
corporate values. We will need to be collaborative to execute 
our plan, be that internally with our team members or 
externally with industry or local partners. We must be 
courageous and set ourselves challenging but achievable 
goals. It is critical that we are creative to ensure our solutions 
are innovative and sustainable. Also, we need to provide 
clarity if we are to be the voice of reason, underpinned by 
both impartiality and integrity.

In September 2021, we formalised and launched our ESG 
strategy across all markets. Our ambition is to be an ESG 
leader for media and professional services, respected inside 
and outside the organisation. We want our people to work 
in a sustainable, diverse, and safe environment, while we also 
strive to set standards for the broader media industry that 
help advertisers make informed decisions on the media 
they buy. 

The following sections discuss our strategy in detail.  
They cover Environmental, Social and Governance issues 
primarily from an internal perspective. This is followed by our 
vision of how we intend to support the broader industry.  
We are fully aware that this strategy will evolve and be 
reviewed periodically.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
29

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Ebiquity’s Environmental, Social and Governance update continued

Environmental

Ebiquity is committed to reducing its consumption of the 
Earth’s natural resources and to the safe disposal and 
reduction of the waste we produce. Our environmental 
strategy is based on the four Rs: Reduce, Recycle, Reuse,  
and Review. While we place significant emphasis on the 
workplace and related, work-based activities, we also foster  
a culture that informs and encourages all our team to become 
increasingly aware of how the actions and decisions they take 
outside of the workplace have an impact, too.

We focus on these five key areas, where we make the 
following pledges.

Energy and water
		 Use the findings from our Energy Savings Opportunity 
Scheme (‘ESOS’) and Streamlined Energy & Carbon 
Reporting (‘SECR’) assessments to investigate where and 
how we can reduce the amount of energy we use, wherever 
possible

		 Switch off lights and electrical equipment when not in use, 
including the widespread use of motion-sensitive lights

		 Adjust heating and cooling with energy consumption in 

mind, again using automatic sensors and timers

		 Take the energy consumption and efficiency of new 

products into account when purchasing 

		 Work with building management teams to offset or reduce 

our carbon emissions 

		 Encourage staff to reduce the amount of water they use

		 Ensure energy is sourced from 100% renewables by 2025

Paper
		 Reduce the amount of paper we use in the office

Maintenance, cleaning and office buildings 
		 Ensure that all cleaning materials used are as 

		 Create monthly usage reports to identify hot spots of paper 

environmentally friendly as possible 

waste, allowing us to reduce usage further 

		 Require that materials used in office refurbishment are as 

		 Aim to buy 100% recycled paper products

		 Recycle paper products

Office supplies
		 Recycle equipment where appropriate

		 Determine the environmental impact of any new products 
we intend to purchase, as well as that of all associated 
manufacturing processes

		 Favour more environmentally friendly and efficient products 

wherever possible 

		 Aim to source locally produced and manufactured products

		 Break the habit of using single-use plastic items

Transportation
		 Promote the adoption of travel alternatives, including video 
conferencing tools such as Zoom and Microsoft Teams that 
have flourished under the pandemic. This principle will be 
applied to business travel 

		 Expand our cycle-to-work scheme – already in place – which 

encourages staff to use bikes to get to work

environmentally friendly as possible 

		 Dispose of all electrical waste according to the exacting 

standards of the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment 
(‘WEEE’) Directive or equivalent national protocols

		 Donate equipment that it no longer needed to companies 

that in turn pass it on to communities unable to afford their 
own equipment

		 Select buildings with the highest level of sustainability and 
eco ratings possible – according to both availability and 
affordability criteria – when leasing new office space

		 Work with building management teams to ensure that only 
licensed and appropriate organisations are used in the 
disposal of our waste

		 Facilitate the recycling of waste created outside of work via 

local partnerships

In the wake of the pandemic, we have also implemented a 
global hybrid working policy. We want to provide all our 
employees with the flexibility and choice as to where they 
perform their work. This will, by design, reduce office-based 
energy consumption as well as the emissions generated by 
travelling to and from the office. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements30

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Ebiquity’s Environmental, Social and Governance update continued

Environmental continued

Measure and review
It is obviously critical to measure our environmental impact 
across our global business, understand how to reduce 
emissions, and define what good looks like. We have 
commissioned a well-respected third party, McGrady Clarke, 
to support us to do this for our top six markets – representing 
81% of our business – in 2021. The first report will be delivered 
by Q2 2022. We will be extending this initiative to all markets 
by the end of 2023.

We have also appointed sustainability champions in each 
market to act as ambassadors to coordinate between our 
advisers and key stakeholders such as suppliers and landlords. 
They will also engage with local teams to help drive the 
change required.

Education
Ebiquity encourages all staff to appreciate the importance 
of sustainable living both in and out of the office. 
The sustainability team investigates, suggests, and 
promotes green initiatives that can be applied by our 
colleagues at work and outside of the office. The team 
presents ideas, updates, and suggestions for best practices 
in sustainability at our regular Town Hall meetings. We also 
talk about our recycling and environmental policy as part of 
our induction for new staff joining Ebiquity. Changes to this 
policy are communicated to all stakeholders once 
implemented.

Commitment
Our environmental strategy is designed to minimise harm to 
the environment as much as possible and improve year on 
year. As part of our commitment to enhance environmental 
performance, we will offset our carbon footprint by 
purchasing voluntary carbon credits.

To calculate our 
environmental impact 
globally, to set targets to 
reduce that impact 
progressively, and to 
measure progress against 
these targets every year.”

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
31

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Ebiquity’s Environmental, Social and Governance update continued

Social

Diversity, Equality and Inclusion (‘DE&I’)
Our aim, which is key to our people strategy, is to foster a 
fully inclusive culture that values people with different 
backgrounds, genders, sexual preferences, caregiving status, 
and health. We want our workforce to be representative of 
society, open and supportive, free of discrimination and 
prejudice, promoting our values, and giving a sense of 
belonging for all.

We continue to support employee-driven change and 
representation through the work of the Employee Resource 
Groups (‘ERGs’), set up in 2020. The ERGs exchange ideas, 
communicate issues, and input into policy and direction,  
with the goal of raising awareness and encouraging diversity 
across Ebiquity to attract and retain diverse talent. 
Our current groups include: the UK Women’s Group,  
US Women’s Group, Ebiquity Black Employees, The Ethnic 
Minorities Group, and The Village (LGBTQ+ group). It is our 
ambition to expand the number and membership of these 
groups over the coming year.

DE&I KPI measurement framework
We continue to monitor the diversity of interview panels for 
recruitment and candidate long/short lists. We will prioritise 
diversity training for all members of the Executive Leadership 
Team (‘ELT’) by the end of April 2022, with the ambition of 
rolling this out to the wider organisation throughout 2022.

Developing and supporting hybrid working
We continue to review the learning and development needs of 
our people, considering the changing impact of the pandemic 
across the globe. In 2021, we have introduced four manager 
training modules to enable managers to lead their teams 
more effectively in the new hybrid working world.

Culture
In 2020, we turned our attention to better understand 
whether we had the right values and behaviours in place to 
achieve our goals, as well as attract and retain the best 
talent. To assess our current culture, we conducted our first 
Culture Audit in partnership with Brands with Values. 
Brands with Values has developed a survey tool to facilitate 
such audits.

The survey analysed a number of areas, including the values 
employees thought we needed both to achieve our strategy 
and to become an employer of choice. We also used it to 
provide a measure of our cultural health at the time. In 2020, 
our cultural health was found to be 74% healthy, enabling 
values, and 26% unhealthy, limiting values. We set ourselves 
the target of improving to 80/20 in 2021.

To help us achieve this goal, we created a global Culture 
Champions team who ran a series of interactive workshops in 
2021 to engage our employees in further defining the desired 
values and culture for the Ebiquity Group. 230 people 
attended 21 interactive workshops, capturing 630 individual 
outputs on the top 10 values from the survey. The outputs 
from the workshops were used to update the Company’s 
values. These refined values – Collaboration, Clarity, 
Creativity, Courage – were launched in June 2021.

Outputs from the workshops have also been used to inform 
our Culture Roadmap, a detailed plan for bringing the new 
values to life in all that we do. We have: enhanced our internal 
communication strategy, launched new recruitment and 
culture videos as part of building our Employer Brand, and 
built the values into job descriptions, performance 
management, and 360 feedback approaches. We have also 
launched new internal Ebiquity Awards that are design to 
recognise those who go ‘above and beyond’ in demonstrating 
our values.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements32

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Ebiquity’s Environmental, Social and Governance update continued

Social continued

Culture continued
In November 2021, we ran a Culture Pulse Survey to assess 
our current culture, a year on from the first Culture Audit.  
The aim was to understand the culture people are 
experiencing now, measure progress since last year and 
identify areas to focus on moving forward. The Pulse Survey 
found that, in 2021, our overall cultural health improved by 
nine percentage points, exceeding our targets and reaching 
83% healthy/17% unhealthy.

To take the next step in building the values into everything we 
do, we are working with a group of leaders and the Culture 
Champions to define the behaviours we expect to bring the 
values to life. We will use these behaviours to enhance our 
values and build them into key areas across the employee 
lifecycle, including: talent acquisition, employer branding, 
onboarding, learning & development, leadership development, 
and recognition.

Community
We invest in the local communities in which we work and 
serve. The emphasis is placed on time investment. In 2021,  
we introduced the ‘Bridging the Gap’ volunteering day. This 
involved working with a range of charities local to our offices, 
offering employees’ time to fulfil tasks such as cooking, 
delivering meals and materials, and boxing up clothes and 
food for those in need. We saw strong engagement from our 
talent – 237 people contributed nearly 1,500 hours. We plan 
to repeat this initiative annually, and in 2022 we will also 
launch a new Employer Supported Volunteering policy. This is 
aimed at supporting employees to make a commitment to 
provide regular, ongoing, and meaningful support to charities 
in their local communities.

To be a socially inclusive 
employer that contributes 
to the communities in 
which we work and serve.”

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
33

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Ebiquity’s Environmental, Social and Governance update continued

Governance

With the ever-evolving landscape of cyber-threats, privacy, 
and data protection regulations, we continually strive to 
improve our information security and data protection policies.

Since accreditation to TISAX, the Trusted Information 
Exchange Security Assessment, in 2019, Ebiquity has 
maintained a continuous development approach to 
information security and data privacy issues. We are now 
running a dedicated Steering Group – the Information 
Security Working Group – that oversees data privacy and 
information security initiatives. The Group continues to invest 
in advanced technology platforms to support our enterprise 
security needs, reinforcing this with an ongoing programme 
of employee training across all levels of the organisation, 
including Board members.

There is continuous collaboration with our technology 
partners to refine our approach and ensure our systems 
remain fit-for-purpose. The Group is preparing for the 
renewal of the TISAX accreditation due in Q1 2022.

To manage the business 
to the highest standards 
of governance.”

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
34

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Ebiquity’s Environmental, Social and Governance update continued

Industry initiatives 

As a significant and respected player in the media industry, 
Ebiquity has an important role to play in driving change on 
ESG-related topics. We are developing a suite of products 
and services which will support advertisers in making more 
informed decisions about their communications planning and 
buying. This includes totally new offerings as well as a series 
of services expanded to embrace the ESG agenda.

Responsible Media 
In April 2021, we announced the launch of our Responsible 
Media Investment solution, during the World Federation of 
Advertisers’ Global Marketer Week event, together with our 
commitment to help advertisers achieve principles driven 
growth. The Responsible Media Investment solution aims to 
create end-to-end clarity and reportability of responsible 
media investment, at scale. In this context, Ebiquity acts as 
an independent steward by bringing together media 
investment data with deep ESG metrics on the corporate 
behaviour of the media and technology companies in the 
media supply chain. The insights provided by this solution will 
help advertisers to optimise channel mix based on their 
partners’ responsible practices, establishing a baseline that 
can be used to measure improvements over time. It will also 
foster meaningful conversations with partners about 
responsible media.

The first iteration of this solution came to market in 
May 2021, in the form of a pilot programme deployed with a 
close group of trusted partners. We designed it to validate 
our methodology and also prepare for wider market 
deployment in 2022.

With the same aim, the scope of the pilot programme has 
been limited to programmatic, open-web activities run in 
the US and UK markets between January 2020 and 
October 2021, as well as to three primary focus areas:

		 Diversity & Equal Opportunity

		 Environmental Sustainability

		 Privacy by Design & Data Protection

Diversity, Equality and Inclusion:  
media landscape and consultancy
Our work in Diversity, Equality and Inclusion (‘DE&I’) is a 
client-driven initiative to encourage advertisers and agencies 
to make the process ‘business as usual’ in advertising. This 
service provides expert opinion and insight on media, while 
using the specialism of our partners at Brand Advance/DECA 
to provide a unique view into how DE&I communities feel and 
react to topics and advertisers. Around a quarter of the 
UK population, for example, is ‘non-White-British’ and has 
very different media consumption habits and cultural 
reference points. 

The detail is lost in the avalanche of data generated by the 
remaining 75%, yet the ability to construct advertising – both 
from the buy/plan side and creatively – gives advertisers an 
opportunity to represent all communities.

We are limited by what data is available, and to start with we 
will be focused on the UK and US markets. The short-term 
goal is to discuss the DE&I perspective in all meetings in which 
audiences are discussed, while in the medium term we aim to 
generate more project consultancy work in this space. When 
data is made available in other markets, we will extend the 
service to cover them, too.

Media agency selection: 
assessing sustainability targets
Ebiquity advises advertisers in their agency partner selection. 
Every year we run around 100 such projects. Innovation is at 
the heart of our service, enabling our clients to assess media 
agency capabilities. Recently we have been expanding our 
service to review agencies’ planning and delivery capabilities, 
accounting for sustainability targets. The objective is to 
assess agencies’ credentials by investigating their Diversity, 
Equality and Inclusion standards and their sustainability 
efforts, to ensure they are the right cultural fit for brand 
owners. Agencies are expected to demonstrate how they are 
engaged in both building profit and maintaining sustainability 
targets.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements35

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Ebiquity’s Environmental, Social and Governance update continued

Employee initiatives

Embedding a culture of continuous 
improvement and accountability
Our ESG strategy is designed to be an iterative and 
forward-looking process to serve our ambition. 

Governance
Clear ownership and accountabilities have been identified 
and issued. This includes executive sponsors for each element 
within ESG, plus responsibilities at the local market level.

Policy and guidance
We have set out our strategy and issued guidance with clear 
objectives to all team members globally. This has been 
supported by the distribution of one-page documents tailored 
to each local Ebiquity market. Policy has been designed to be 
dynamic and will be updated as the market evolves. This will 
also include new KPIs and certifications, as appropriate.

Formal updates will be communicated to the Ebiquity Board, 
Executive Leadership Team, and all team members on a 
six-monthly basis.

Employee involvement
We will only be successful if our employees are also engaged 
with the agenda. We also want our employees to uphold 
strong ESG standards. We have broadened our sustainability 
team to be representative of all our markets while also 
incorporating Social and Governance elements. The team will 
continue to investigate and promote initiatives. They will 
update our workforce on a regular basis with ideas and 
suggestions via different communication platforms and 
mechanisms.

To support the 
broader media 
industry in addressing 
the ESG agenda.”

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
36

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (‘SECR’)

Under the Companies (Directors’ Report) and Limited 
Liability Partnerships (Energy and Carbon) Regulations 2018, 
we are mandated to disclose our UK energy use and 
associated greenhouse gas (‘GHG’) emissions. As a minimum, 
we are required to report the GHG emissions from fuel 
combustion, purchased energy and transport vehicles. 
Additionally, the use of an intensity ratio and an outline of 
implemented efficiency measures are required under the 
Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (‘SECR’) 
regulations.

To ensure a high level of transparency is achieved, robust 
and recognised reporting methods are implemented. 
The reporting methodology involves usage of the 2021 
Defra (Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs) 
emissions factors to calculate and assess our UK operational 
emissions.

Our calculations are for the following scopes:

		 Building-related energy – Purchased electricity 

consumption (Scope 2)

		 Transportation – Business travel in expensed vehicles 

(Scope 3)

Company information
Ebiquity plc is a public limited company, incorporated in the 
UK, situated at Chapter House, 16 Brunswick Place, London, 
England, N1 6DZ. Subsidiary companies Ebiquity Associates 
Limited, FirmDecisions Limited and Ebiquity Russia Limited 
are also situated at the same site and therefore account for 
the same annual GHG emissions and energy usage.

Reporting period
The reporting period that this submission covers is  
1 January 2021 to 31 December 2021.

Calculation methodology
Emissions calculated are in accordance with the ‘GHG 
Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard’ and 
in line with Defra’s ‘Environmental reporting guidelines: 
including Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting 
Requirements’. The Defra 2021 emission conversion factors 
were used to quantify the emissions associated with Ebiquity 
plc’s operations for the specified reporting period.

Pro-rata extrapolation has been carried out to estimate the 
electricity consumption for a full annual period. A declared  
45 pence/mile has been used to calculate the mileage relating 
to business travel in expensed vehicles.

Organisational boundary
We have used the operational control approach.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements37

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (‘SECR’) continued

Results

Area 

Emissions from purchased electricity (Scope 2)

Emissions from business travel in expensed vehicles (Scope 3)

Intensity ratio 

Intensity ratio 

Total energy consumption

Total emissions

1 January 
2021 – 
31 December 
2021

1 January 
2020 – 
31 December 
2020

UK & 
Offshore

217.58

46.20

2.63

0.65

0.03

0.21

220.20

46.84

UK & 
Offshore

203.43

47.43

— 

—

0.03

0.20

203.43

47.43

Metric

Energy (MWh)

Emissions (tCO2e)
Energy (MWh)

Emissions (tCO2e)
tCO2e/sqm
tCO2e/number of UK employees
(MWh)

(tCO2e)

Intensity measurement 
The chosen intensity ratios are tCO2e per total square metres and tCO2e per full time equivalent UK employees. The intensity ratio tCO2e per total square metres was chosen as it is the 
recommended metric for mainly office-based organisations. An appropriate activity metric, tCO2e per full time equivalent UK employees has also been provided.

Energy efficiency measures
During 2021, most of the business was operating from home offices and the majority of meetings were conducted by videoconference. Our offices at Chapter House were kept open as some 
staff still had to attend. The offices, having seen recent refurbishment, are designed with energy efficiency in mind with LED lighting, localised lighting control, centralised air conditioning etc. 
99% of the workstations are hotdesks and therefore workstation equipment is not left on out of hours. 

Staff travel has been extremely low during this period due to lockdown affecting both us and our clients.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements38

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Section 172 statement

Under section 172 of the Companies Act 2006, there is a general duty on every 
director to act in a way they consider, in good faith, would be most likely to promote 
the success of the Company for the benefit of its shareholders as a whole.

In doing this, the directors must have regard, among other 
matters, to the following:

the likely consequences of any decision in the long term;

the interests of the company’s employees; 

the need to foster the company’s business relationships 
with suppliers, customers and others; 

the impact of the company’s operations on the community 
and the environment; 

the desirability of the company maintaining a reputation 
for high standards of business conduct; 

the need to act fairly as between members of the company. 

This report sets out how the Board of Directors of Ebiquity 
plc has carried out this duty. As part of this process, the 
Board has identified the following as key stakeholders for 
the Group:

		 Employees

Investors

		 Customers – brand owners

		 Agencies

		 Media owners 

		 Trade bodies

		 Suppliers

How the Board takes account of the factors 
listed in section 172 in making decisions
The Board takes account of the factors listed in section 172 
when it makes decisions in two ways:

Section 172 factors
The following sets out how the Board ensures it has 
sufficient knowledge and understanding of the section 172 
factors on an ongoing basis.

		 By having a general knowledge and understanding of the 

views of key stakeholders and the other factors

		 By considering any of those stakeholders and other factors 

specifically, when they may be directly relevant to a 
particular Board decision

The Board has a rolling 12 month planner detailing matters 
which come to it for consideration and discussion and this is 
used to ensure the Board is aware of the views of the Group’s 
various stakeholders and develops its knowledge and 
understanding of the other section 172 factors for the Group. 
The planner is regularly reviewed by the Chair, CEO and 
Company Secretary and included in the Board pack at least 
quarterly so that all directors are aware of upcoming items 
and can suggest additional topics for discussion or individuals 
to meet if they wish. 

The likely consequences of any decision in the long term
As Ebiquity has set out on its ESG journey (described on 
pages 28 to 35), sustainability is one of the key matters 
considered by the Board on a regular basis and this affects 
many aspects of what the organisation does. This will 
continue to be factored into key decision making processes 
and will likely assume greater prominence and importance 
as the ESG initiatives take off.

The interests of the Company’s employees
The Board receives an update from the Chief People Officer 
at least twice a year and the CEO includes employee related 
matters in his report to each Board meeting. The CEO 
continues to hold monthly calls for all staff worldwide where 
employees receive updates on key business initiatives and 
can ask questions. There are also regular local Town Hall 
meetings, so the CEO and members of the senior 
management team can keep in touch with the views of 
employees and ensure these are fed back to the Board. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements		
		
		
		
		
		
		
39

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Section 172 statement continued

Section 172 factors continued
The interests of the Company’s employees continued
The CEO will note any significant issues faced by local offices, 
including levels of staff turnover and the reasons for this. 
Presentations to the Board by the regional business heads in 
APAC, the US and Continental Europe have also provided 
information about employees in each region.

		 The ongoing work on culture and values in the organisation 

– this is described under business conduct, below. The Board 
noted that the Glassdoor ratings for Ebiquity had greatly 
improved and the culture pulse scores comparing 
healthy:unhealthy values in the organisation (see further 
below) had also improved.

		 The return to work in offices after the pandemic restrictions 

During the year the Board has considered and discussed:

		 Diversity, equality and inclusion initiatives – these have 

included collection of DEI data (including the gender pay 
gap) unconscious bias training and recruitment practices 
and the continuing development of minority interest groups 
within the organisation. These groups provide a safe place 
for staff to share concerns and allow them the opportunity 
to educate the rest of the organisation about their 
perspective on various matters. These groups have been 
welcomed by employees and they have shared information 
on Black History Month, LGBT History Month, International 
Women’s Day and religious/cultural festivals such as Divali 
and Lunar New Year.

was discussed on several occasions as the landscape 
changed, from opening up to more restrictions and then to 
opening up again. The Board was advised (in general terms) 
of the wellbeing initiatives which continued and the use of 
flexible working practices as well as the need for the policy 
to reflect local law and regulations as the pandemic 
impacted the various regions at different times during the 
year. The return to working in offices policy, including the use 
of pilot schemes and their conclusions, as well as the 
initiatives to retain key staff were discussed and endorsed 
by the Board.

In terms of meeting employees, members of the Executive 
Leadership Team (‘ELT’) joined the Board for a discussion on 
strategy and throughout the year all members of the ELT 
have attended part of a Board meeting and presented to the 
Board. As people return to working in offices, we expect there 
to be more opportunities for the Board to meet key staff.

The need to foster the Company’s business 
relationships with suppliers, customers and others 
Customers
One of the pillars of the business strategy is Clients and they 
are considered at every Board meeting as part of the CEO’s 
report, which provides an update on key business wins, clients 
retained and any business lost (or unsuccessful pitches) 
together with any high level feedback. The Chief Client 
Officer presented to the Board during the year on the 
development of key strategic client relationships and also how 
other client relationships could be better managed. The Chief 
Product Officer gave an update on the development of new 
products which could better serve existing clients, particularly 
having regard to the increasingly digital emphasis of the 
market, as well as attracting new ones. Their contributions 
during the Board strategy discussion were also key and 
ensured the Board had the full picture regarding clients’ needs 
and views as decisions about the future strategy for the 
Group were made. The Responsible Media Investment pilot 
has also been developed in response to clients’ needs and the 
Board has been kept informed of progress in this area. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements40

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Section 172 statement continued

Section 172 factors continued
The need to foster the company’s business 
relationships with suppliers, customers and others 
continued
Customers continued
During the year the Board received a report on the results of 
a client survey, including the NPS score, which had gone up 
since the previous survey. 

At a Board meeting during the summer of 2021 about key 
stakeholders, the Board agreed that it should meet a 
representative of a brand owner, an agency, a media owner 
and a trade body to hear their views directly. These have 
been added to the Board planner mentioned above. 
The Board has met a representative from a brand owner, 
who shared their perspectives on Ebiquity and provided 
useful feedback about how the Company could add even 
greater value not only for their organisation but also for 
other clients. A meeting with a representative of an agency 
took place recently, also yielding useful feedback and the 
others will be added to Board meeting agendas later in 
the year.

Suppliers
As Ebiquity is a business services company, its suppliers are 
mostly those which provide utilities, office and IT supplies. 
Ebiquity pays its suppliers according to the agreed terms 
of business. As part of its ESG initiatives Ebiquity will 
be considering sustainability issues more as it sources 
these supplies.

Others
Ebiquity produces a great deal of thought leadership in 
terms of both written material and more recently by the 
CEO hosting or participating in webinars. These have all been 
made available to the Board by sharing links to the webinars 
and uploading the key white papers or other reports to the 
reading room in the Board portal. 

The impact of the company’s operations on the 
community and the environment 
Community
As noted above, Ebiquity is a business services company and 
its operations do not have a material impact on the local 
communities in which it operates. However, as part of its 
ESG strategy development a global ‘Bridging the Gap’ day 
was held in 2021, further details of which can be found in the 
ESG report. The Board was provided with an update on this 
initiative and it was agreed that consideration would be given 
to ways in which employee volunteering could be facilitated at 
other times of the year which would provide greater benefit 
to the charitable organisations which had been supported.

Environment
During the past 12 months the Board had two dedicated 
discussions on Ebiquity’s approach to ESG where Laetitia 
Zinetti and Nick Pugh (the two members of the ELT who are 
leading on this) as well as Kate Henwood, the Chief People 
Officer, attended. As well as these discussions, ESG matters 
are frequently considered as part of the Board’s (and 
committees’) deliberations, for example the Remuneration 
Committee has been considering when and how ESG matters 
might form part of the targets for executive incentive plans. 
As it does so, it considers how this practice is evolving in other 
AIM listed companies.

The Board has also discussed Ebiquity’s impact on the 
environment and received updates on the initial measuring 
of Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions.

Once data on the Environmental and Social aspects of ESG 
has been collected, further consideration will be given to 
setting targets and KPIs for these, which will be agreed with 
and reported to the Board. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements41

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Section 172 statement continued

Section 172 factors continued
The desirability of the company maintaining 
a reputation for high standards of business conduct
Culture and values
One of the main ways in which the Company maintains its 
reputation for high standards of business conduct is the way 
in which all staff behave. This flows from the culture and 
values of the organisation. During 2021 a culture roadmap 
project was undertaken to gather employee feedback on the 
values in the organisation and whether these were healthy or 
unhealthy. The output from the project was reported to the 
Board at 74:26 healthy:unhealthy values. This was a good 
score but a target was set of 80:20 and both the CEO and 
CFO had this improvement as part of their individual 
strategic objectives as set by the Remuneration Committee 
and the score reported to the Board at the end of 2021 
was 83:17. 

The project also developed a new set of values for the 
organisation – We collaborate, we lead with creativity, 
we champion clarity, we have courage – which were 
endorsed by the Board. These values are being embedded 
in the organisation, particularly in appraisal, recognition and 
reward. Next steps in the culture roadmap are to develop 
a vision for the organisation which will be put to the Board 
for its endorsement and the identification of the behaviours 
which employees are expected to demonstrate to uphold 
the Company’s values. 

The Responsible Media Investment pilot also allows Ebiquity 
to help its clients to maintain their own reputations for high 
standards of business conduct and it is anticipated that this 
initiative will continue to develop over the coming months. 

Legal and regulatory compliance 
		 Ebiquity complies with all relevant laws and regulations 
and the Board signs off on various policies as required. 
During the year it has approved the Modern Slavery 
Statement and updated policies on the handling of inside 
information and share dealing required by the Market 
Abuse Regulation. 

		 The Audit & Risk Committee considers Code of Conduct 
matters at each meeting, including whether there have 
been any incidents raised under the whistleblowing policy.

		 During the year, the Group Legal Team provided training 
on anti-bribery matters for staff and there was also 
regular cybersecurity training which was required to be 
undertaken by all staff. Both of these initiatives were 
reported to the Board.

Under the Governance aspect of ESG and as part of the risk 
management reporting, the Audit & Risk Committee received 
updates on data privacy and cybersecurity initiatives and the 
renewal of the TISAX and ISO 27001 accreditations.

The need to act fairly as between members 
of the company
The ways in which the Board engages with investors is 
described more fully in the corporate governance report on 
page 59.

The Board receives feedback from investor engagement, 
whether during the results roadshows or from conversations 
on governance and remuneration matters with the Board 
Chair and Remuneration Committee Chair respectively.

At its AGM in 2021, the Company adopted new articles of 
association which made hybrid meetings much easier. Last 
year, shareholders were invited to participate in the AGM by 
videoconference, due to the ongoing practical difficulties 
presented by meeting in person at that time. Several 
shareholders attended via Zoom and were able to ask 
questions. Voting was conducted on a poll and shareholders 
were encouraged to send in their proxy forms in good time so 
that their votes would count. However, while some investors 
consider fully virtual general meetings not to be best practice 
in ‘normal life’ (ie when there are no pandemic restrictions) 
the Board has no plans at present to adopt such a practice.

During 2022, it is planned for Ebiquity to use the Investor 
Meet Company platform, so that retail investors have the 
opportunity to watch a presentation by the CEO and CFO 
when the full and half year results are announced and ask 
questions. 

New KPIs were introduced in 2021, to provide information 
for investors on an ongoing basis on non-financial matters 
which show the development of the business in line with 
the strategy.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements42

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Financial  
review

Group revenues for the year ended 
31 December 2021 increased by £7.2 million 
to £63.1 million, from £55.9 million in 2020. 

The underlying operating profit (statutory operating profit 
excluding highlighted items) of £4.7 million represented an 
improvement of £5.0 million from the prior year loss of 
£0.3 million. Project-related costs (which comprise external 
partner and production costs) increased by 17% to £7.5 million 
from £6.4 million, due to more projects in markets not served 
directly by Ebiquity’s own offices. However, total operating 
expenses, including cost of sales and administrative expenses, 
increased by only 2% to £50.8 million from £49.8 million, 
largely reflecting delivery of revenue growth with stable levels 
of internal staff resources. 

Net finance costs were £0.6 million in 2021, which was £21k 
lower than the prior year, due mainly to a reduction of lease 
liabilities in line with the expiry of lease terms.

The statutory operating loss of £5.1 million (2020: £2.9 million) 
is calculated after highlighted items including the accrual for 
the post-date remuneration relating to the acquisition of 
Digital Decisions BV, as detailed below.

Highlighted items 
Highlighted items after tax in the period totalled a charge 
of £9.3 million (2020: £2.4 million) and include the following:

		 £7.9 million charge to accrue for post-date remuneration 
payable in 2023 relating to Digital Decisions BV, acquired 
in January 2020 

		 £0.5 million charge relating to share-based payments 

		 £1.1 million charge for amortisation of purchased 

intangibles (2020: £1.1 million)

		 £0.3 million charge for professional costs relating to 

acquisition and bank facility agreements

		 £0.4 million tax credit on highlighted items 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements43

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Financial  
review continued

Highlighted items continued
The contingent consideration relating to Digital Decisions BV is being accounted for as 
post-date remuneration as payment is dependent upon the principal vendor remaining 
in employment with the Group. This will be payable in 2023 and the amount due will be 
calculated as six times the average profit generated in the two years ended 31 December 2022, 
from digital media solutions developed by the Digital Innovation Centre, less the initial 
consideration of £700,000 paid in January 2020. The current estimate of the deferred 
consideration payable is £12.5 million. The accrual in the 2021 accounts represents two-thirds 
of the total payable (less the discount to fair value) as it is being made at the end of the 
second of the three years between the acquisition and the end of the earn-out period. 
The deferred consideration is payable in a mixture of cash and/or Ebiquity shares which 
the Company will determine at the time of payment, having regard to its overall capital 
structure, debt facilities and the vendor’s option to request that a certain proportion be 
paid in cash. 

Taxation 
There was an underlying tax charge in the year of £1.7 million compared to £0.03 million in 
2020. This increase reflects the profit before tax in the year. There was a total tax credit 
included in highlighted items of £0.5 million compared to a credit of £0.2 million in 2020. 

Reported cash from operations

Underlying cash from operations

Underlying operating profit/loss

Earnings per share 
There was an underlying basic earnings per share of 2.72p compared to a loss per share of 
1.92p in the prior year. There was a statutory basic loss per share of 8.51p (2020: 4.81p) due in 
part to the highlighted items of £9.8 million including post-date remuneration for Digital 
Decisions BV.

Dividend
No dividend has been declared or recommended for the 12 months ended 31 December 2021 
(2020: £nil).

Cash conversion

Year ended 
31 December
2021
£’000

Year ended 
31 December
2020
£’000

11,800

13,201

4,737

5,827

7,300

(334)

Underlying cash from operations represents the cash flows from operations excluding the 
impact of highlighted items. The underlying net cash inflow from operations was £13.2 million 
during 2021 (2020: £7.3 million). This cash inflow includes an underlying working capital 
reduction of £4.8 million (2020: increase of £8.5 million).

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements44

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Financial  
review continued

Equity
During the year to 31 December 2021, 145,636 shares were issued following the exercise 
of share options. As a result, the total share capital increased to 82,728,890 shares 
(31 December 2020: 82,583,254). 

Net debt and banking facilities

Net cash  

Bank debt 

Loan fee prepayments 

Net bank debt 

US PPP loan1  

Net debt as in statement of financial position

1.  This represents a loan received under the US Paycheck Protection Program. Loan forgiveness was granted in 

August 2021 and the loan was therefore credited to the income statement in 2021.

All bank borrowings are held jointly with Barclays and NatWest. The revolving credit facility 
agreement in place during the year totalled £24.0 million and had a maturity period of four 
years, expiring in September 2023 with an option for the Company to extend for one further 
year. As at 31 December 2021, £18.0 million was drawn from the facility (2020: £19.0 million). 
During the year, the Group continued to trade within the limits of its banking facilities and 
associated covenants as agreed with the lenders in May 2020. These required the Group to 
maintain minimum liquidity of at least £5.0 million, increasing to £7.0 million from 
September 2021, at the end of every month during that period. From September 2021, 
an interest cover covenant was reintroduced at >4.0 and in December 2021 an adjusted 
leverage covenant was reintroduced, initially at <4.0, increasing to <4.25 and again to 
<4.5 in March 2022. 

31 December
2021
£’000

31 December
2020
£’000

13,134

11,121

(18,000)

(19,000)

99

(4,767)

—

(4,767)

120

(7,759)

(750)

(8,509)

Since the year end, on 24 March 2022, a new facility has been agreed with the lenders, 
increasing the total available to £30 million, initially for a period of three years, extendable 
for up to a further two years. Under this agreement, annual reductions in the facility of 
£1.25 million will apply from June 2023. The quarterly covenants to be applied from June 2022 
onwards will be: interest cover >4.0x; adjusted leverage <2.5x and adjusted deferred 
consideration leverage <3.5x. There will be no minimum lending covenant. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements45

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Financial  
review continued

Statement of financial position and net assets
A summary of the Group’s balance sheet as at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 is 
set out below:

Corporate development activities
There were no corporate development activities during the year.

Goodwill and intangible assets 

Right of use asset

Other non-current assets

Net working capital

Other current liabilities

Lease liability 

Other non-current liabilities

Digital Decisions post-date remuneration

Deferred consideration

Net debt 

Net assets 

31 December
2021

31 December
2020

32,700

34,698

4,542

3,055

4,126

(764)

(6,390)

(1,576)

(7,922)

—

(4,767)

23,004

6,237

3,387

8,504

(1,953)

(8,158)

(1,503)

—

(1,957)

(8,509)

30,746

Events after the reporting period
On 29 January 2022, the Company agreed to acquire Forde and Semple Media Works, 
the leading media performance consultancy in Canada, for a total consideration of 
CAD$1.3 million (£0.8 million), of which CAD$1.2 million (£0.7 million) was paid on completion 
and CAD$0.1 million (£0.06 million) was deferred for one year. Forde and Semple had 
revenues of CAD$1.1 million in the financial year ended 31 January 2021 and net assets of 
CAD$0.4 million (£0.2 million) on completion.

On 29 March 2022, the Group entered into an agreement to acquire Media Management, LLC 
(‘MMi’), a US based media audit specialist, for an initial consideration of US$8.0 million 
(£6.1 million) with a deferred consideration element payable in 2025. 84% of the initial 
consideration (US$6.7 million/£5.1 million) will be payable in cash on completion and 16% 
(US$1.3 million/£1.0 million) will be payable in cash and applied by the vendors to subscribe 
for Ebiquity ordinary shares and calculated by reference to the middle market quotations 
(rounded down to the nearest whole number) for the ordinary shares as shown by the AIM 
Appendix of the Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange for the five business days 
prior to the date of the announcement of the transaction (the ‘MMi Shares’). 

Trade receivables fell by £1.2 million to £14.4 million although debtor days increased to 61 days 
from 58 days as at 31 December 2020, largely due to high levels of invoicing in Q4 2021.

Net assets as at 31 December 2021 decreased by £7.7 million to £23.0 million (2020: 
£30.7 million) reflecting the statutory loss which arose largely due to the accrual made for 
the Digital Decisions post-date remuneration. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements46

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Financial  
review continued

Events after the reporting period continued
The deferred consideration will be based on 1.0 times adjusted earnings before interest and 
tax of the combined Ebiquity US and MMi businesses reported for 2024, which is expected 
to be at least £3.0 million. 80% of this will be payable directly in cash to the vendors and 20% 
will be applied by the vendors to subscribe for Ebiquity ordinary shares (the ‘Earn-Out Shares’, 
and together with the MMi Shares, the ‘New Shares’). The New Shares will be subject to an 
18 month lock-in and ongoing orderly market restrictions pursuant to which they may not, save 
in limited circumstances, deal or otherwise dispose of any such interests in the New Shares 
other than through Panmure Gordon (or such other broker appointed by the Company from 
time to time). Completion is conditional upon the admission of the MMi Shares to trading on 
AIM.

Auditors
An audit tender was conducted during the year by the Audit and Risk Committee. 
This resulted in the selection of Deloitte LLP to become the Group’s auditors for the year 
ending 31 December 2022 onwards. Following 10 years in the role, PricewaterhouseCoopers 
LLP will retire at the conclusion of the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. A resolution will 
be proposed at that meeting to appoint Deloitte LLP in their place.

Alan Newman
Chief Financial & Operating Officer

30 March 2022

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements47

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Risks

There needs to be effective management 
of risks to meet the Group’s strategic 
objectives and create shareholder value.

The Board of Directors recognises that various risks are 
inherent in the business. Therefore, there needs to be 
effective management of these risks to meet the Group’s 
strategic objectives and create shareholder value. The Board 
has put in place an organisational structure with defined 
lines of responsibility and has adopted an enterprise risk 
management framework as set out opposite:

The risk assessment process is bottom-up/top-down, 
with the resulting corporate risk register regularly monitored 
by the Enterprise Risk Management Board, the Executive 
Leadership Team and the Audit & Risk Committee. 
This register includes details of the risks, the potential 
impacts on the Group, and updates on the mitigating 
actions required to bring the risk to an acceptable level. 
Significant findings from the Audit & Risk Committee are 
reported to the Board of Directors, including those arising 
from the enterprise risk assessment process. 

Furthermore, whistleblowing procedures are in place 
for individuals to report suspected breaches of laws or 
regulations or other malpractice. The Group also has an 
anti-bribery policy which applies to all Group companies.

The risk management framework

Board of Directors:
		 Leadership of risk management
		 Determines the strategic objectives, risk appetite and risk tolerance
		 Monitors performance
		 Accountable for the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control and risk management processes

Audit & Risk Committee:
		 Delegated responsibility from 
the Board to oversee risk 
management and internal 
controls, including the 
effectiveness of risk 
management processes

		 Reviews risk register

Executive Leadership Team:
		 Communicates and 

disseminates risk policies 
across the Group

		 Supports the business 

in assessing risk
		 Encourages open 

communication on risk 
matters

		 Appoints Risk Management 
Champions to co-ordinate 
risk management in 
each business area

Enterprise Risk Management 
Board:
		 Defines risk management 
roles at operational and 
project levels

		 Uses approach to risk as 

an explicit part of 
decision-making and 
management of external 
relationships

		 Continuously identifies risks 
and mitigations and updates 
risk register

		 Embeds risk management 

culture in each business area

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements48

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Risks continued

Key risks impacting the Group
The key risks impacting the business, and the mitigating actions, are as follows.

Media data 

Cybersecurity 

Client loss 

We cannot provide compliance audits, resulting in loss of 
revenue due to media agencies or media owners and/or 
others restricting the use of data by Ebiquity.

The Company continues to face increasing threats of 
cyber attacks on its information systems, causing the loss 
or corruption of data.

Clients may reduce their business engagements with us, 
or move elsewhere due to events beyond our control, 
including issues such as macroeconomic uncertainty, 
redirecting expenditure elsewhere, or a reduction in 
budgeted expenditure. 

The loss of a major client unexpectedly could have 
a material impact on resourcing and revenue.

Mitigating actions:
Ebiquity continues to develop good and transparent 
working relationships with the media agencies.

Ebiquity engages with media associations (eg ISBA and 
ANA) to influence media owners on usage terms and 
conditions of media data.

Mitigating actions:
There is continued investment in enhancing endpoint 
security, patch management automation, and multi-layer 
authentication for all users.

The Group’s Information Security function monitors and 
drives the improvement of the Group’s cybersecurity in 
light of the continually evolving threat.

Employees must undergo regular cybersecurity training to 
help them understand the threats and what they can do to 
protect the organisation’s information systems.

Mitigating actions:
The Client and Revenue Board specifically focuses on 
meeting client demands and aims to broaden the 
portfolio of products and services available to, and taken 
up by, our clients.

Consistently providing high quality work and getting 
regular feedback from clients helps maintain strong 
client relationships.

Presently, no single client deals contribute significantly 
to the overall revenue stream.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements49

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Key risks impacting the Group continued

Misappropriation of 
assets/fraud 

Employees of the Group could commit fraudulent acts. 
Also, employees could request or collect financial or other 
material inducements from suppliers to influence business 
services and goods procurement.

Liquidity

Failure to manage cash and debt within banking 
covenants. This impacts the ability of the Group to remain 
a going concern due to insufficient cash to pay staff 
salaries and failure to fulfil other payment obligations.

Mitigating actions:
The Group continues to design and implement policies 
and procedures to ensure the segregation of duties. 
Anti-bribery and anti-corruption training takes place 
regularly and the annual external audit provides some 
reassurance that this sort of behaviour is not taking place.

Mitigating actions:
Weekly cash flow reporting at Group level.

Daily cash flow positions managed within individual units.

Credit controllers within units are given collection targets 
and regular debtor meetings are held.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements50

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Board of Directors

Rob Woodward
Non-Executive Chair and  
Chair of the Nomination Committee

About
Rob joined the Board as a Non-Executive Director 
in March 2018 and was appointed Chair in May of 
the same year. He is a member of the Audit & Risk 
Committee, the Remuneration Committee and 
the Nomination Committee.

Experience 
Rob was CEO of STV Group plc from 2007 
to 2017, where he led their successful 
transformation into a pre-eminent digital 
media group and oversaw a dramatic increase 
in shareholder value. Prior to STV, Rob was 
Commercial Director at Channel 4 Television 
for four years and was previously a Managing 
Director with UBS Corporate Finance and the 
lead partner for Deloitte’s TMT Industry Group 
in Europe. He is currently Chair of the AIM-listed 
data services provider Blancco Technology Group 
plc and Chair of the Met Office.

Nick Waters
Chief Executive Officer

Alan Newman
Chief Financial & Operating Officer

Tom Alexander
Non-Executive Director

About
Nick joined the Board as Chief Executive Officer 
in July 2020.

About
Alan joined the Board as Chief Financial & 
Operating Officer in January 2019. He was 
interim CEO from November 2019 to July 2020, 
after which he returned to his original role.

About
Tom joined the Board in November 2014. 
He is a member of the Audit & Risk Committee, 
Remuneration Committee and Nomination 
Committee.

Experience 
Nick has more than 20 years’ experience in 
senior executive roles at leading international 
media, digital and advertising businesses. Prior 
to Ebiquity, Nick had worked for 10 years at 
Dentsu Aegis Network (formerly Aegis Group), 
a multinational media and digital marketing 
group. Immediately prior to joining Ebiquity, 
Nick was Executive Chair, UK and Ireland, having 
previously been CEO for Asia Pacific for nine 
years. Prior to Dentsu Aegis Network, Nick held 
a number of senior roles at global media agency 
Mindshare over more than 10 years, which he 
joined from international advertising and 
marketing agency Ogilvy & Mather. At Mindshare 
he progressed to become CEO of EMEA having 
been CEO Asia Pacific and previously CEO of 
Southeast Asia. He has worked with some of 
the world’s largest advertisers and best known 
brands including Ford Motor Co, Unilever, 
General Motors, Microsoft, HSBC and Pepsico.

Experience 
Alan was previously CFO of YouGov plc, the AIM 
listed global market research and data analytics 
group, between 2008 and 2017. He is currently 
a Non-Executive Director of Future plc and 
a former Chair of Freud Museum London. Prior 
to YouGov plc, Alan was a partner at EY and 
previously at KPMG, where he provided Board 
level advisory and consulting services specialising 
in the media, technology and telecoms sectors. 
He is a chartered accountant and has an MA in 
Modern Languages (French and Spanish) from 
Cambridge University.

Experience 
Following senior marketing management 
positions with Telia and BT Cellnet, Tom founded 
Virgin Mobile in 1999. He led the company’s IPO in 
2004 and continued as CEO of the PLC until its 
eventual sale to NTL in 2006 to form Virgin Media. 
From 2007 he was CEO of Orange, leading its 
turnaround and subsequent successful merger  
in 2010 with T Mobile to create Everything 
Everywhere (‘EE’). After running EE for a further 
year, he left to pursue private equity opportunities 
and non-executive roles. Tom brings a wealth of 
international business and board experience to 
Ebiquity and has valuable knowledge of how 
major advertisers think and operate. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements51

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Board of Directors continued

Julie Baddeley
Non-Executive Director and  
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Lara Izlan
Non-Executive Director

Richard Nichols
Non-Executive Director and  
Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee

Lorraine Young
Company Secretary

About
Julie joined the Board in November 2014. 
She is a member of the Audit & Risk Committee, 
Remuneration Committee and the Nomination 
Committee.

About
Lara joined the Board in June 2021. 
She is a member of the Audit & Risk Committee, 
the Remuneration Committee and the 
Nomination Committee. 

About
Richard joined the Board in November 2008. 
He is a member of the Audit & Risk Committee, 
Remuneration Committee and Nomination 
Committee. 

About
Lorraine joined Ebiquity as Company Secretary 
in January 2021.

Experience 
Julie has served in both executive and 
non-executive capacities on the boards of 
leading companies in the FTSE 100 and FTSE 
250, as well as a number of major public sector 
organisations. She has chaired the remuneration 
committees of several company boards and 
served as Chair of Harvey Nash plc from 2013 
to 2018. She is currently a non-executive director 
at FTSE 250 company TI Fluid Systems, Senior 
Independent Director of Marshall of Cambridge 
and Chair of Chapter Zero, a board climate 
forum. Julie has broad experience of businesses 
in professional services such as Ebiquity, and of 
those in the consumer industry and finance 
sectors, including BOC Group, Camelot, Yorkshire 
Building Society and Greggs. 

Experience 
Lara is currently the Director of Data Strategy 
at ITV plc where she is responsible for data and 
AI strategy and product development. Prior to 
this, Lara led ITV’s advanced advertising data 
strategy, delivering addressable products and 
measurement solutions for connected TV 
advertising. Lara brings extensive experience 
from across the media industry with a particular 
expertise in advertising and marketing 
technology, having held senior strategic and 
commercial positions at leading media brands 
including Auto Trader Group Plc, Telegraph Media 
Group Ltd and AOL. During her early career, 
Lara was based in the US, undertaking various 
analyst and research roles, including with Disney 
and OmniSky, a mobile internet start-up. Lara 
holds degrees from Harvard, LSE and London 
Business School.

Experience 
Richard was CEO of Instinctif Partners, the 
international business communications 
consultancy, from 2006 to 2018. He then held 
the role of Deputy Chair until September 2019. 
Richard is currently an adviser to various media 
and entrepreneurial businesses and is also Chair 
of the Harpenden Trust. Prior to joining Instinctif 
Partners, Richard was Chief Executive of 
Huntsworth plc, following the merger with 
Incepta Group plc, where he was the Chief 
Executive and formerly Group Finance Director. 
An Economics graduate from Cambridge 
University, Richard qualified as a chartered 
accountant with Price Waterhouse in London.

Experience 
Lorraine is a chartered governance professional 
and accredited mediator, who provides board 
advisory and related consultancy services. 
She is a non-executive director of PHSC plc and a 
former non-executive director of City of London 
Group plc, both AIM listed companies. Lorraine is 
a Past President and Fellow of the Chartered 
Governance Institute. She has held senior 
governance roles at a number of FTSE 350 
companies. She ran her own company secretarial 
and corporate governance advisory practice for 
13 years, which in 2016 she merged with the 
cosec team at a UK top 50 law firm, where she 
was a partner. Since February 2019, Lorraine 
has been pursuing her own consultancy interests 
once more.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements52

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Corporate 
governance report

The Chair’s principal role is to 
lead the board in determining 
the Group’s future direction 
and strategy.”

I am pleased to present the corporate 
governance report for the year ended 
31 December 2021. 

Ebiquity applies the Quoted Companies 
Alliance Corporate Governance Code 
(the ‘QCA Code’) when considering its 
corporate governance practices because 
this provides a robust yet sufficiently 
flexible framework. The Board believes  
the Company complies with all the 
principles of the QCA Code, but this is an 
ongoing process, requiring regular review 
and action to ensure we continue to follow 
appropriate standards as the business 
develops and changes. A copy of the QCA 
Code is available from www.theqca.com. 

As Chair I am responsible for the governance of the Group 
and ensuring that the Board is effective. This includes having 
a diverse combination of people with the skills, knowledge 
and experience required to oversee the Group; ensuring that 
the Board considers and discusses a range of topics over 
the course of the year and receives feedback from its key 
stakeholders. Direct engagement with stakeholders is 
always useful and I hope and anticipate that as the 
pandemic restrictions are eased, there will be renewed 
opportunities for the Board to meet and interact with one 
another, the executive leadership team and other employees, 
as well as some of our external stakeholders in person as well 
as virtually. 

This corporate governance report describes how the Board 
and committees operate, the things we have done during the 
year, including our Board effectiveness review and how the 
Board interacts with shareholders. There are more detailed 
reports from the Audit & Risk Committee (on pages 60 to 62) 
and from the Remuneration Committee (on pages 63 to 67). 
The section 172 report (on pages 38 to 41) describes how the 
Board engages with stakeholders and considers their views 
(and other factors) when making decisions. 

Rob Woodward 
Chair

30 March 2022

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
53

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Corporate governance report continued

QCA Code compliance
The main principles of the QCA Code are set out below, 
together with references to where more details about 
Ebiquity’s compliance with them can be found. 

Deliver growth

Principle 1

Establish a strategy and business model which promote long-term value for 
shareholders

Further details of the Company’s business model and strategy are set out on 
pages 13 to 15.

Principle 2

Seek to understand and meet shareholder needs and expectations

There is regular contact between the Company’s shareholders and the Board. 
Further details are set out on page 59. 

Principle 3

Take into account wider stakeholder and social responsibilities and their 
implications for long-term success

The Company’s key stakeholders (in addition to shareholders) are employees, 
clients, suppliers and trade bodies. 

Details of the Company’s stakeholder engagement can be found in the section 172 
statement on pages 38 to 41.

Principle 4

Embed effective risk management, considering both opportunities and 
threats, throughout the organisation

The Board retains ultimate control and responsibility for the risk management 
of the Group. The risk management approach adopted by the Board is set out 
on pages 47 to 49. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements54

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Corporate governance report continued

QCA Code compliance continued

Maintain a dynamic management framework

Principle 5

Maintain the Board as a well-functioning, balanced team led by the Chair

Read more about the Board on pages 55 and 56.

Principle 6

Ensure that between them the Directors have the necessary up-to-date 
experience, skills and capabilities

Biographies for each of the Directors are set out on pages 50 and 51. See also 
the section on Board evaluation on page 56. 

Principle 7

Evaluate Board performance based on clear and relevant objectives, seeking 
continuous improvement

A description of the most recent Board evaluation can be found on page 56. 

Principle 8

Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical values and behaviours

Read more about Ebiquity’s culture roadmap on pages 31 and 32 and in the section 
172 statement on pages 38 to 41.

Principle 9

Maintain governance structures and processes that are fit for purpose and 
support good decision-making by the Board

Read more throughout this corporate governance report.

Build trust

Principle 10

Communicate how the Company is governed and is performing by 
maintaining a dialogue with shareholders and other relevant stakeholders

Read more on page 59 and in the section 172 statement on pages 38 to 41.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements55

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Corporate governance report continued

The Board of Directors
Role of the Board
The Board is responsible for the strategic direction of the 
Group and the appropriate management of its resources. 
The Directors are also collectively responsible for acting in 
the way which they consider, in good faith, is most likely to 
promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its 
shareholders as a whole. In doing so, the Directors have 
regard to the interests of employees and the need to foster 
business relationships with suppliers, customers, and other 
stakeholders, in addition to other relevant considerations. 
Further information on how the Directors fulfil their 
responsibilities and how the Board engages with the 
Company’s key stakeholders can be found in the section 172 
report on pages 38 to 41. A statement of the Directors’ 
responsibilities in relation to the annual report and financial 
statements is set out on page 73.

The principal matters considered by the Board include:

		 The development and execution of strategy

		 The setting and implementation of the Group’s 

vision, mission, values and standards

		 Ongoing performance against approved budgets and 

business plans, including KPIs

		 Risk management and internal controls

		 Financial results for the full and half year and dividend policy

		 Changes to the corporate, management or capital structure

		 Major capital projects 

		 Board composition, Board and executive succession 

planning

		 Stakeholder engagement and feedback

		 Environmental, social and governance matters both 
internally and as part of Ebiquity’s client offering

		 Corporate governance matters including approval of the 

remuneration policy and QCA Code compliance 

As part of good corporate governance there are certain 
matters which are not appropriate to be delegated to 
management and which are reserved for consideration by the 
Board as a whole. The full list of such matters was reviewed 
and updated during the year and is available on the 
Company’s website (www.ebiquity.com). 

Composition of the Board 
The Board currently comprises an independent 
Non-Executive Chair, four other independent Non-Executive 
Directors and two full-time Executive Directors. Lara Izlan 
joined the Board on 1 June 2021. After seven years on the 
Board, Tom Alexander will step down from the Board at the 
conclusion of this year’s AGM.

The Chair’s principal role is to lead the Board in determining 
the Group’s future direction and strategy and monitoring 
the achievement of its agreed goals and objectives. 
With assistance from the Company Secretary, the Chair is 
responsible for setting the agenda for, and organising the 
business of, the Board as well as ensuring its effectiveness. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements56

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Corporate governance report continued

The Board of Directors continued
Composition of the Board continued 
The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for setting 
long-term strategy, developing appropriate business plans, 
agreeing management KPIs and leading the Executive 
Directors and senior leadership team in the day to day 
running of the Group’s business. He is responsible for primary 
shareholder communications and ongoing relationships with 
investors and the Chair is also actively involved in maintaining 
communications with investors. The Chief Executive Officer 
and the Chief Financial & Operating Officer regularly meet 
with investors and analysts to discuss the performance of the 
business and its strategy. In addition, once a year, the Chair 
and Company Secretary invite investors to meet them to 
discuss corporate governance matters.

Biographical details of the Directors, including the 
committees on which they serve, are on pages 50 and 51. 

Board evaluation
As part of this year’s Board effectiveness review, the Board 
undertook a skills analysis, as a result of which it is satisfied 
that, between them, the Directors have the required skills, 
knowledge and experience to enable it to discharge its duties 
and responsibilities effectively. Particular strengths are 
expertise in client engagement, the advertising and media 
sector, international businesses, strategy and stakeholder 
management. Areas where there was less expertise (such as 
ESG and cybersecurity) will be addressed by Board updates 
and training and the use of appropriate advisers when and if 
required.

The evaluation process consisted of the Directors completing 
online questionnaires, which covered the following aspects of 
Board effectiveness:

Gender diversity

		 The role of the Board

		 Board composition and structure

		 Board meetings, Board packs and the Board portal

		 Support for the Board

		 Stakeholders

		 Working together

In addition there were questions on the effectiveness of 
Board committees, the Chair, the Executive Directors 
collectively and the Non-Executive Directors collectively.

The results of the questionnaires were collated and analysed 
by the Company Secretary. All of the Directors and the 
Company Secretary also met with the Chair on a 1:1 basis to 
provide any more detailed feedback. The Board review output 
was considered at the next Board meeting where a number of 
recommendations were agreed. Overall, the feedback was 
very positive and showed an improvement on previous years. 

The recommendations included:

		 Re-evaluating how the Board and Audit & Risk Committee 
oversee risk, taking account of the new ERM system being 
implemented within the business

		 Discussing Board and executive team succession and 

diversity and inclusion

Tenure

2

Women

Men

1

3

Up to 3 years

4 to 6 years

6 to 9 years

9+ years

5

2

		 Organising opportunities for the Board to meet and get 

1

to know emerging talent

		 Some additional topics for Board discussions

		 Some suggestions for improvements to Board papers

The Board will review progress with implementing the 
recommendations over the next 12 months.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements57

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Corporate governance report continued

Appointment, election and re-election 
of Directors
The Company’s articles of association provide that each 
Director shall retire from office and be eligible for 
reappointment at the third annual general meeting after 
the one at which they were appointed or last reappointed. 
At this year’s AGM, Alan Newman will retire and offer himself 
for re-election by shareholders. Having been appointed to the 
Board since the last AGM, Lara Izlan will be subject to election 
by shareholders at the AGM as well. The Board is satisfied 
that the contributions of Alan and Lara continue to be 
effective and that they demonstrate sufficient time 
commitment to their roles. The Board also believes that all 
of the Non-Executive Directors are independent. The Board 
acknowledges that Richard Nichols reached 13 years’ tenure 
as a Non-Executive Director in November 2021. After careful 
review and consideration, the Board has determined that 
Richard remains independent in character and judgement in 
his role as a Non-Executive Director. 

All Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment 
which state their time commitment. Non-Executive Directors 
are required to commit an average of 12 days per year, 
including attending Board and committee meetings, the 
AGM and any other shareholder meetings. The Chair commits 
to four days per month carrying out his role. Further details 
about the number of Board and committee meetings held 
during the year and attendance at those meetings are set 
out on page 58. 

Board meetings
During the year the Board met formally on 12 occasions. 

The Board receives monthly management accounts and other 
relevant information as appropriate in advance of each Board 
meeting. This information is made available electronically via 
an online Board portal. Directors are able to access this 
information at any time, including after Board meetings. 
There are a number of standing agenda items reviewed by the 
Board at each regular Board meeting, including updates from 
the Chair, CEO, CFO and Company Secretary. Members of 
the Executive Leadership Team are invited to present to the 
Board from time to time. During the year the Board has 
received presentations from the regional business heads,  
the Chief Client Officer, the Chief Product Officer and the 
Chief People Officer. Detailed minutes are taken of all Board 
meetings, which are circulated to the Board and approved at 
the following Board meeting. The following matters were 
among those considered by the Board during the last year. 

Strategy
During the year the Board received a detailed presentation on 
strategy as part of a regular Board meeting, following which 
it held a separate half day discussion on a number of 
proposals. At each subsequent Board meeting the CEO gave 
an update on progress. 

Corporate culture
The Board receives regular reports on developments in 
corporate culture from the CEO and CPO. During the year it 
approved the Company’s new statement of values. Further 
details of these initiatives can be found in the section 172 
report on page 41. 

The Board ensures that policies and procedures are in place 
to cover matters such as anti-bribery and corruption, business 
ethics, and modern slavery. The Company has established 
arrangements by which individuals may, in confidence, raise 
concerns about possible improprieties in matters of financial 
reporting and other matters. The Group has a code of 
conduct which extends to all of its business dealings and 
transactions everywhere that it operates.

The Company has a number of diversity working groups to 
ensure it functions as a diverse and inclusive organisation. 
There are regular ‘all staff’ webinars at which members of the 
senior management team update employees on plans and 
progress in the business. They also provide the opportunity for 
employees to ask questions on the topics under discussion. 

Directors’ conflicts of interest 
Directors have a statutory duty to avoid conflicts of interest 
with the Company. The Company Secretary keeps a register 
of the Directors’ other interests and potential conflicts which 
is regularly reviewed and updated as necessary. At the 
beginning of each Board meeting the Directors confirm they 
have no conflicts of interest in relation to the matters being 
considered.

Risk management
The Company’s approach to risk is set out on pages 47 to 49. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements58

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Corporate governance report continued

Advisers to the Board and committees
All Directors have access to the advice of the Company Secretary, who attends all Board and 
committee meetings. The Board consults external advisers on various matters as and when 
appropriate. These include the Company’s nomad and broker, Financial PR, legal, tax, and 
remuneration advisers. The Company’s auditors attend meetings of the Audit & Risk 
Committee. Directors may take independent professional advice at the Company’s expense as 
and when necessary to support the performance of their duties as directors of the Company.

Attendance at Board and committee meetings in 2021
(figures denote the number of meetings attended and the number of meetings the Director 
was eligible to attend)

Board member 

Rob Woodward

Nick Waters 

Alan Newman 

Tom Alexander

Julie Baddeley 

Lara Izlan 

Richard Nichols

1.  Attended by invitation

Board

12/12

11/12

12/12

12/12

12/12

4/5

12/12

Audit & Risk
Committee

Remuneration
Committee

Nomination
Committee

4/4

21

41

4/4

3/3

2/3

4/4

3/3

21

21

3/3

3/3

0/0

1/1

2/2

21

21

2/2

2/2

0/0

2/2

Board committees
Committee membership

Audit & Risk  
Committee

Nomination  
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Richard Nichols (Chair)

Julie Baddeley (Chair)

Rob Woodward (Chair)

Tom Alexander 

Julie Baddeley

Lara Izlan

Rob Woodward

Tom Alexander

Lara Izlan 

Richard Nichols

Rob Woodward

Tom Alexander

Julie Baddeley

Lara Izlan

Richard Nichols

The Board has established several committees to support it in the performance of its 
functions. The principal committees are the Audit & Risk Committee, the Remuneration 
Committee, and the Nomination Committee. The Company Secretary acts as secretary to the 
committees and their terms of reference (which were reviewed and updated during the year) 
are available on the Group’s website www.ebiquity.com. 

Audit & Risk Committee
The Audit & Risk Committee is responsible for the overall financial reporting of the Company 
and Group and its report is on pages 60 and 62. The Board considers Richard Nichols to have 
recent and relevant financial experience as he is a qualified chartered accountant and has 
served as the finance director and chief executive officer of listed and private companies.  
The Chief Financial & Operating Officer also attends most meetings at the invitation of the 
Committee Chair. 

The purpose of the Audit & Risk Committee is to ensure good financial practices are in place 
throughout the Group, to monitor that controls are in force to ensure the integrity of financial 
information, to review the interim and annual financial statements, to assess the adequacy 
and effectiveness of the Company’s risk management systems, and to provide a line of 
communication between the Board and the external auditors. The Committee has access to 
the external auditors as well as those responsible for preparing financial information within 
the Group. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements59

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Corporate governance report continued

Board committees continued 
Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee is responsible for the Executive 
Directors’ remuneration and other benefits and terms of 
employment, including performance-related bonuses and 
share options, as well as providing general guidance on wider 
aspects of remuneration. The report of the Remuneration 
Committee is on pages 63 to 67. The Executive Directors may 
attend part of the meetings at the invitation of the 
Committee Chair but are not present for any discussions 
regarding their own remuneration. 

Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee meets as necessary and has 
responsibility for nominating candidates to the Board for 
appointment as directors, bearing in mind the benefits of 
diversity and a broad representation of skills across the 
Board. It also considers Board composition and Board and 
committee succession planning, including any relevant output 
from the Board evaluation. 

Shareholder engagement
The Company communicates with shareholders through its 
annual report and accounts, the Annual General Meeting, 
face-to-face meetings with major shareholders and results 
presentations. A range of corporate information (including all 
regulatory announcements and annual reports and accounts) 
is available on the Company’s website at www.ebiquity.com. 
The website contains details of all votes cast by shareholders 
at its Annual General Meeting and this is also announced 
after the meeting.

As set out in this corporate governance report, the Directors 
actively seek to build relationships with shareholders. 
The CEO and CFO are responsible for shareholder liaison 
and present to the major shareholders and analysts after 
the publication of both the full and half-year results. As well 
as a presentation of the results, the meetings give 
shareholders the opportunity to ask any questions and 
discuss their needs and expectations. Once a year, the Chair 
invites major shareholders to meet to discuss corporate 
governance or other matters with him and the Company 
Secretary and they are both available at other times to deal 
with any shareholder enquiries. 

The Remuneration Committee Chair consults with major 
shareholders before material changes are made to Executive 
Directors’ remuneration. The AGM is an opportunity for all 
shareholders to meet the Board and ask any questions. In 
2021 shareholders were invited to attend the meeting by 
videoconference, since meeting in person was not 
straightforward due to the pandemic restrictions in place, 
and several took advantage of this. Shareholders were also 
encouraged to submit questions in advance of the meeting by 
email and to appoint the Chair as their proxy so that their 
votes could be counted at the meeting.

Retail investors can submit routine enquiries about their 
shareholdings to the Company’s registrars, whose contact 
details are on page 146 and send any other questions via the 
Company Secretary (CompanySecretary@ebiquity.com). 
They can sign up to receive email notification of regulatory 
announcements at www.ebiquity.com. A live share price 
chart is also available. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements60

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Audit & Risk 
Committee report

This report details the 
Committee’s role and 
responsibilities and key 
activities during the year.”

Introduction
I am pleased to present the report of the 
Audit & Risk Committee (the ‘Committee’) 
for the year ended 31 December 2021. 
This report details the Committee’s role 
and responsibilities and key activities during 
the year. Although the Board has ultimate 
responsibility for the Group’s system of 
internal controls and for managing the 
Group’s risks, the Board has delegated to 
the Audit & Risk Committee oversight of 
the Group’s financial reporting and the 
Group’s risk management process 
which aims to identify and mitigate 
significant risks. 

Composition of the Audit & Risk Committee
All of the members of the Committee are independent 
Non-Executive Directors with a combination of accounting, 
financial and commercial experience. The Board considers 
Richard Nichols, who chairs the Committee, to have recent 
and relevant financial experience. Richard is a chartered 
accountant with significant financial and commercial 
experience in both listed and unquoted companies. 
His biography on page 51.

The Committee met four times during the year. 
The attendance of its members is set out in the table on 
page 58. Meetings of the Committee are also normally 
attended by the Group Chief Executive Officer, the Chief 
Financial & Operating Officer, the Company Secretary and 
other members of senior management, together with 
representatives from the external auditors, 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (‘PwC’), which ensures the 
Committee and the external auditors have access to all 
relevant financial and operational knowledge. 

The Committee also meets with the external auditors 
without the Executive Directors and other senior 
management present to ensure it maintains an independent 
view and the Committee also meets alone when required.

Role and responsibilities of the 
Audit & Risk Committee
The Committee’s terms of reference can be found on the 
Company’s website. The principal responsibilities of the 
Committee include:

		 monitoring the integrity of the Group’s financial 

statements, including a review of significant financial 
reporting issues and judgements;

		 considering the Group’s accounting policies and practices 

and the application of accounting standards;

		 overseeing the relationship with the Group’s external 

auditors and reviewing their independence and objectivity, 
the effectiveness of the external audit process and the 
appointment, reappointment and removal of the external 
auditors;

reviewing the Group’s financial controls and other internal 
reporting systems;

reviewing progress on implementing control improvements; 
and

		 keeping under review the adequacy and effectiveness of the 
Group’s risk management systems. Further information on 
the Group’s approach to risk is on pages 47 to 49. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements		
		
 
61

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Audit & Risk Committee report continued

Activities during the year
The key matters that the Committee considered during 
the year are listed below.

In respect of the Group’s financial statements and interim 
accounts:

the assessment of the carrying value of goodwill and 
intangible assets: the Committee undertakes annually 
an impairment test of the carrying value of any 
cash-generating unit and also assesses at each half year 
whether there are any indicators of impairment. In its test, 
the Committee reviews the key assumptions in the 
assessment of goodwill and the sensitivity of these 
assumptions and impact on the carrying value of goodwill 
and intangible assets. On this basis the Committee makes 
recommendations to the Board in this regard;

revenue recognition: the Committee reviewed the quantum 
of accrued/deferred income and the judgement applied by 
management in calculating revenue recognition cut-off. 
The Committee reviewed the quality of evidence available 
to support revenue recognition;

		 presentation and disclosure of highlighted items: the 

Committee reviewed the nature and quantum of the items 
proposed by management to be classified as highlighted, to 
ensure they were consistent with the Group’s accounting 
policies and to ensure full disclosure had been made in the 
financial statements;

		 capitalisation of intangibles: the Committee reviewed the 
nature and quantum of the system development costs 
proposed by management to be capitalised, together with 
the period over which the capitalised items will be 
amortised, to ensure they are consistent with the Group’s 
accounting policies;

taxation: the Committee reviewed the significant 
components of the tax charge and provision and the overall 
effective tax rate of the Group as a whole; and

		 going concern: in assessing going concern the Committee 

has considered the Group’s latest budget, cash flow 
forecast and corresponding sensitivities together with 
potential downside scenarios. The Group meets its day to 
day working capital requirements through its cash reserves 
and borrowings, described in note 19 to the financial 
statements. As at 31 December 2021, the Group had cash 
balances of £13,134,000 and undrawn bank facilities 
available of £5,000,000, was cash generative and within its 
banking covenants.

The lenders, Barclays and NatWest Bank, have agreed to 
covenant waivers and modifications where required in 
order to negate the risk of any future covenant breaches. 
Modified covenants were agreed with the lenders with 
effect from July 2020. These required the Group to 
maintain minimum liquidity of at least £5 million, 
increasing to £7 million from September 2021, at the end 
of every month during that period. From September 2021, 
an interest cover covenant was reintroduced at >4.0 and 
an adjusted leverage covenant also reintroduced, initially 
at <4.0, increasing to <4.25 in December 2021 and again to 
<4.5 in March 2022, then reducing to <3.5 in June 2022. 

Since the year end, the bank facility has been increased 
and extended under an agreement dated 24 March 2022. 
This will provide a total available of £30 million, initially for 
a period of three years to March 2025 and extendable for 
up to a further two years. Under this agreement, annual 
reductions of £1.25 million will apply from June 2023. The 
quarterly covenants to be applied from June 2022 onwards 
will be: interest cover >4.0; adjusted leverage <2.5 and 
adjusted deferred consideration leverage <3.5. There will 
be no minimum liquidity covenant from June 2022.

In assessing the going concern status of the Group and 
Company, the Directors have considered the Group’s 
forecasts and projections, taking account of reasonably 
possible changes in trading performance and the Group’s 
cash flows, liquidity and bank facilities. The Directors have 
prepared a model to forecast covenant compliance and 
liquidity to 31 December 2023 that includes a base case 
and scenarios to form a severe but plausible downside 
case. 

For the purposes of this model, the terms of the new 
facility including its covenant tests have been applied  
with effect from the quarter ending 30 June 2022. 

The base case assumes growth in revenue and EBITDA 
based on the Group’s budget for the year ended 
31 December 2022 and management projections for the 
year ended 31 December 2023. The severe but plausible 
case assumes a downside adjustment to revenue of 6.5% 
with no reductions in operating costs. Under both of these 
cases, there is headroom on covenant compliance 
throughout the going concern period.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements		
		
		
62

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Audit & Risk Committee report continued

Activities during the year continued
		 going concern: continued

The effect of the proposed acquisition of Media 
Management Inc, conditionally agreed on 29 March 2022, 
has also been considered in the model, based on 
management projections for the 18 months ending 
31 December 2023 and on a severe but plausible case 
which assumes a downside revenue adjustment of 5% with 
only a 1% reduction in operating costs. Under both of these 
cases, there is headroom on covenant compliance 
throughout the going concern period.

As a result of these scenarios, the Directors consider that 
the Group and Company will have sufficient liquidity within 
existing bank facilities, totalling £30 million, to meet its 
obligations during the next 12 months and hence consider 
it appropriate to prepare the financial statements on a 
going concern basis. 

External auditors
PwC have been the Group’s auditors since 2012. During 2021 
a full audit tender process was carried out, as a result of 
which it is proposed that there will be a change of auditors in 
2022. The Committee recommended to the Board that 
Deloitte LLP should be appointed as auditors to the Company 
from the conclusion of the 2022 AGM. Accordingly, the Board 
will be recommending to shareholders a resolution to appoint 
Deloitte LLP as auditors of the Company from that time. 

Provision of non-audit services
The Committee reviews with management the engagement 
of the external auditors for non-audit services and the level of 
associated non-audit fees. Details of fees paid to PwC during 
the year are outlined in note 4 to the financial statements. 

Otherwise, with regard to Ebiquity’s external auditors,  
the Committee’s principal activities were to:

Richard Nichols
Audit & Risk Committee Chair

		 approve the terms of engagement and fees;

30 March 2022

		 approve the annual audit plan;

review the audit findings and management’s response; and

		 evaluate the auditors’ independence and objectivity.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements		
63

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Remuneration 
Committee report

The Committee considered 
remuneration packages as 
Covid‑19 restrictions eased and 
business began to recover.”

Introduction
I am pleased to present the report of 
the Remuneration Committee for the 
year ended 31 December 2021. This report 
details the Company’s overall approach 
to pay, benefits and incentives for its 
executives and the remuneration 
arrangements that are in place for 
the Directors.

During the year, the Committee considered the remuneration 
packages for the Executive Directors and senior team as the 
restrictions in place for Covid-19 eased and business began 
to recover. In particular, we focused on LTIP awards to 
incentivise the team over the medium term. We agreed 
a stretching absolute EPS target of 7.5p for the year ending 
31 December 2023 for full vesting. Nick Waters received 
an LTIP award based on 150% of his salary and Alan Newman 
received an award based on 50% of his salary. 

Last year we introduced a new bonus plan for the Executive 
Directors, as well as senior management and staff and I am 
pleased to report that the Company’s positive results for 
2021 mean that there will be a payout under the plan. 

Julie Baddeley
Remuneration Committee Chair

30 March 2022

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
64

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Remuneration Committee report continued

Remuneration framework
The Board recognises the need to have the right remuneration 
framework in place to attract and retain people with 
industry-leading skills, the knowledge and the experience 
needed to develop and grow the business, and to incentivise 
them to deliver the Group’s strategy and promote long-term 
sustainable success. The Committee considers the following 
when setting the remuneration framework:

the responsibility of the executive’s role, their experience and 
performance;

the remuneration arrangements in place for the wider 
workforce;

		 market practice at other companies of a similar size and 
complexity as well as at other companies in the sector;

the need to attract and retain executives of the right calibre 
with the required skills and the need to get the right balance 
of short and long-term incentives; and

the need for the short and long-term incentives to be 
aligned with the Group’s strategy.

The Committee may make use of some or all of the 
remuneration components below.

Base salary
Base salaries are set by the Remuneration Committee each 
year, after taking into consideration levels of responsibility, 
the performance and experience of the individual and 
appropriate market comparators. 

Benefits 
Benefits in kind for the Executive Directors are in line with 
general policies for the UK workforce and include private 
medical insurance, life assurance and critical illness cover. 
Benefits do not form part of pensionable earnings.

The current plan was introduced in 2012 and will therefore 
come to an end in September 2022. The Committee decided 
to make a final award for 2022 under the current rules and 
will consult with shareholders about a new long-term 
incentive plan later in the year.

Pension
Executive Directors are entitled to receive employer 
contributions to a personal pension plan. The maximum 
contribution by the Company is 3% of base salary, which is in 
line with pension arrangements for the wider UK workforce.

Annual bonus
Annual bonuses for the Executive Directors are typically 
determined by reference to performance, based on Group 
financial targets and individual objectives, which are related 
to the Group’s overall strategy and set at the beginning of the 
year. The maximum bonus potential for the Executive 
Directors is 100% of salary. 

Long‑Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’)
The Company has an executive share option plan in place. 
Awards under the plan are subject to continued employment 
and the achievement of certain financial performance 
conditions, which are described below. These are chosen by 
the Committee to support the delivery of the Company’s 
strategy and align the interests of the Executive Directors 
with those of shareholders and may vary each year depending 
on the financial and strategic priorities and performance. 

Executive Directors’ service contracts
The CEO and CFO both have service contracts with the 
Company. These agreements each provide for six months’ 
notice by the Company and six months’ notice by the 
executive. Under the contracts, a payment in lieu of notice 
may only be made in respect of salary and benefits.

Non‑Executive Directors’ fees and appointment terms
Fees for the Non-Executive Directors are determined by the 
Board to reflect the time commitment and responsibility, 
including chairing Board committees. The fees were reviewed 
in December 2021 and it was agreed to increase the 
additional fee payable to Committee Chairs from £3,000 pa 
to £5,000 pa from 1 January 2022. There is no change to the 
basic fee level. 

The Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment 
which provide for three months’ notice by the Company and 
three months’ notice by the Director. Fees are only payable up 
to the date of leaving. Appointments are for an initial period 
of three years and may be renewed for subsequent three 
year periods following review and agreement by the Board 
and subject to periodic reappointment by shareholders at 
the AGM. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements		
		
		
		
65

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Remuneration Committee report continued

Directors’ remuneration in the year ended 31 December 2021

Executive 

Nick Waters1 

Alan Newman2

Non-Executive3

Rob Woodward

Tom Alexander

Julie Baddeley 

Lara Izlan 

Richard Nichols

Salary/fees
£’000

Taxable
benefits
£’000

357

234

85

35

37

20

37

805

12

5

—

—

—

—

—

17

Year ended
31 December
2021
Total
£’000

Year ended
31 December 
2020
Total
£’000

574

354

85

35

37

20

37

262

281

81

33

33

—

33

Bonus
£’000

205

115 

—

—

—

—

—

320

1,142

723

1.  Nick Waters joined the Company as CEO on 1 July 2020. His salary was set at £350,000 per annum and his bonus for 2020 was contractually agreed at the time of his appointment. He took a 20% salary cut from July to September 2020. 

2.  Alan Newman served as interim CEO and CFO from November 2019 and became Chief Financial & Operating Officer with a salary of £225,000 per annum from 1 July 2020. He took a 20% salary cut from April to June 2020. 

3.  The Non-Executive Directors took a 20% fee cut from April 2020 to June 2020.

Payments to past Directors
No payments were made to past Directors during the year.

Base salary
Following a review in March 2022, the Committee agreed to increase the CEO’s salary to £373,100 p.a. and the CFOO’s salary to £239,850 p.a. (a 4% increase for both). These increases are 
in line with the 4% (average) increase awarded to the wider employee population in the UK. The changes will take effect from 1 April 2022. 

Pensions
No Director was a member of a Company pension scheme during the year (2020: nil). Contributions totalling £6,000 (2020: nil) were made to Nick Waters’ private pension scheme during 
the year. £4,000 of this related to 2021 and £2,000 related to 2020. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements66

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Remuneration Committee report continued

Directors’ remuneration in the year ended 31 December 2021 continued
Annual bonus
For 2021, the annual bonus for Executive Directors was based 75% on Group operating profit and 25% on individual strategic objectives. The Executive Directors each made strong 
contributions to the progress of the business in 2021. Nick Waters will receive a bonus of £205,384 and Alan Newman will receive a bonus of £115,889.

For 2022, the annual bonus for Executive Directors will again be based on a combination of financial targets and individual strategic objectives. The maximum bonus opportunity for each of 
them remains at 100% of base salary. 

Share option awards
At 31 December 2021, the interests of the Executive Directors in share option awards under the Ebiquity 2012 Executive Share Option Plan were as follows:

Nick Waters 

Alan Newman 

Alan Newman 

Total 

Share options
outstanding at 
31 December
2020

—

410,000

—

410,000

Share options
lapsed during 
the year

Share options
exercised during
the year

Share options
granted during
the year

Share options
outstanding at 
31 December
2021

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1,796,745

1,796,745

—

385,017

385,017

410,000

385,017

795,017

Exercise 
price

Date of 
grant

End of
performance
period

Nil

Nil

Nil

30/4/2021

31/12/2023

4/12/2019

31/12/2021

30/4/2021

31/12/2023

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements67

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Remuneration Committee report continued

Directors’ remuneration in the year ended 31 December 2021 continued
Share option awards continued
The share options granted to Alan Newman in December 2019 were subject to the following 
performance conditions:

EPS will be measured at the end of the financial year to 31 December 2023 and is defined as 
the adjusted diluted earnings per share of the Company, subject to such adjustments as may 
be determined by the Board from time to time (including any adjustments made to reflect 
structural changes in the Company such as significant disposals).

75% of vesting based on EPS growth
The EPS portion of the Award will vest in full if the Company achieves a 15% compound annual 
growth rate or higher in EPS for the financial year to 31 December 2021 compared to a 
reference EPS for the financial year to 31 December 2018. A minimum compound annual 
growth rate in EPS of 8% over this three‐year period will trigger vesting of 30% of the EPS 
portion of the Award. There will be straight‐line vesting between these points.

25% of vesting based on TSR growth
25% of the TSR portion of the Award will vest if the Company’s TSR is at least equal to the 
TSR of the AIM Media Index over the three‐year performance period to 31 December 2021. 
The TSR portion of the Award will vest in full if the Company’s TSR is at least 8% per annum 
greater than the average TSR of the companies in the AIM Media Index. There will be a 
straight line vesting between these points. TSR will be measured based on the three month 
average TSR to 31 December 2021 compared to the three month average TSR to 
31 December 2018.

The performance conditions for these share options to vest have not been met and they will 
lapse on publication of the Group’s audited financial results for the year to 31 December 2021.

The share options granted to Nick Waters and Alan Newman in April 2021 are subject to an 
absolute EPS performance condition and will vest as follows:

Directors’ interests in the shares of Ebiquity plc

Executive 

Nick Waters 

Alan Newman 

Non-Executive 

Rob Woodward 

Tom Alexander 

Julie Baddeley 

Lara Izlan 

Richard Nichols

1.  Or date of appointment, if later. 

At 
31 December
2021

At 
31 December
20201

50,000

—

360,000

360,000

147,280

105,521

—

—

15,000

15,000

—

—

200,000

100,000

EPS 

4.5p 

5.0p 

5.5p 

6.0p 

6.5p 

7.0p 

7.5p 

% vesting

20

30

50

75

80

90

100

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements68

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Directors’ report

The Directors present their annual report and 
the audited consolidated financial statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2021.

Strategic Report
In accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, 
a Strategic Report is set out on pages 1 to 49, which 
incorporates the Chair’s Statement, the Chief Executive’s 
Report, the Financial Review and Business Model. It includes 
details of expected future developments in the Group’s 
business and the key performance indicators used by 
management. The Strategic Report has been prepared to 
provide the Company’s shareholders with a fair review of the 
Company’s business and a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties facing it. It should not be relied upon by anyone, 
including the Company’s shareholders, for any other purpose.

Results and Dividends
The audited financial statements are set out from page 82. 
The future plans for the business are set out in the Chief 
Executive’s Review. No dividend is being paid or proposed in 
respect of the year to 31 December 2021. 

Research and development
The Group continues to invest in the development of 
products. During the period, a total of £983,000 was 
capitalised in relation to such projects. This has resulted in the 
development of a number of new products and services.

Political donations and political expenditure
It is the Company’s policy not to make political donations and, 
accordingly, no political donations were made and no political 
expenditure was incurred in the period (2020: nil).

Modern Slavery Act 
Ebiquity’s statement regarding the Modern Slavery Act 2015 
can be viewed on its website (www.ebiquity.com). 

Acquisitions
On 29 January 2022, Ebiquity acquired Forde and Semple 
Media Works, the leading media performance consultancy in 
Canada. Forde and Semple has a long-standing relationship 
with Ebiquity in support of projects covering Canadian media. 
It had revenues of CAD$1.1 million in the financial year ended 
31 January 2021. This acquisition will extend Ebiquity’s 
geographic presence in North America and enhance the 
services that it offers to its US and global client base. 
The total cash consideration for the acquisition was  
CAD$1.3 million (£0.8 million) of which CAD$1.2 million  
(£0.7 million) was paid on completion and CAD$0.1 million  
(£0.06 million) was deferred for one year.

On 29 March 2022, the Group entered into an agreement to 
acquire Media Management, LLC (‘MMi’), a US based media 
audit specialist, for an initial consideration of US$8.0 million (£6.1 
million) with a deferred consideration element payable in 2025. 
84% of the initial consideration (US$6.7 million/£5.1 million) will 
be payable in cash on completion and 16% (US$1.3 million/ 
£1.0 million), will be payable in cash and applied by the vendors 
to subscribe for Ebiquity ordinary shares and calculated by 
reference to the middle market quotations (rounded down to 
the nearest whole number) for the ordinary shares as shown 
by the AIM Appendix of the Daily Official List of the London 
Stock Exchange for the five business days prior to the date of 
the announcement of the transaction (the ‘MMi Shares’).  
The deferred consideration will be based on 1.0 times adjusted 
earnings before interest and tax of the combined Ebiquity US 
and MMi businesses reported for 2024, which is expected to be 
at least £3.0 million. 80% of this will be payable directly in 
cash to the vendors and 20% will be applied by the vendors to 
subscribe for Ebiquity ordinary shares (the ‘Earn-Out Shares’, 
and together with the MMi Shares, the ‘New Shares’).  
The New Shares will be subject to an 18 month lock-in and 
ongoing orderly market restrictions pursuant to which they 
may not, save in limited circumstances, deal or otherwise 
dispose of any such interests in the New Shares other than 
through Panmure Gordon (or such other broker appointed by 
the Company from time to time). Completion is conditional 
upon the admission of the MMi Shares to trading on AIM.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements69

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Directors’ report continued

Directors 
Details of the Directors serving during the year are as follows:

Tom Alexander

Julie Baddeley

Lara Izlan (appointed 1 June 2021)

Alan Newman

Richard Nichols

Nick Waters 

Rob Woodward

The Directors’ biographies are set out on pages 50 and 51. 
Further information about the Directors’ interests in Ebiquity 
plc shares is provided in the Remuneration Committee report 
on page 67.

Tom Alexander has indicated that he will not stand for 
re-election at this year’s AGM and he will therefore cease to 
be a Director with effect from the end of that meeting.

Directors’ third-party indemnity provisions
The Company purchased and maintained throughout the 
period, and up to the date of this report, Directors’ and 
Officers’ liability insurance in respect of its Directors and 
officers and those of its subsidiaries and deeds of indemnity 
are in place between the Company and each of the Directors.

Employees
Ebiquity is committed to the continuous development of its 
employees. The Group’s employees are integral to the success 
of the business and as a result the Group pursues 
employment practices which are designed to attract, retain 
and develop this talent to ensure the Group retains its market 
leading position with motivated and satisfied employees. 
Further details of engagement with employees are set out in 
the ESG report on pages 28 to 35 and in the section 172 
report on pages 38 to 41.

Financial instruments
The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise bank 
loans and cash. The main purpose of these financial 
instruments is to provide finance for the Group’s operations. 
The Group has various other financial assets and liabilities 
such as trade receivables and trade payables, which arise 
directly from its operations. The operations of the Group 
generate cash and the planned growth of activities is cash 
generative. Full details of financial instruments are included in 
note 25 to the financial statements.

The Group seeks to recruit, develop and employ throughout 
the organisation suitably qualified, capable and experienced 
people, irrespective of sex, age, race, disability, religion or 
belief, marital or civil partnership status, or sexual orientation. 
The Group gives full and fair consideration to all applications 
for employment made by people with disabilities, having 
regard to their particular aptitudes and abilities. Where 
existing employees become disabled, it is the Group’s policy to 
provide continuing employment wherever practicable in the 
same or an alternative position and to provide appropriate 
training. It is the policy of the Group that training, career 
development and promotion opportunities should be available 
to all employees.

Substantial shareholdings
At the date of this report, the Company’s issued share capital 
consisted of 83,153,920 ordinary shares of 25p each and a 
total of 78,953,920 voting rights. The Ebiquity plc 2010 
Employee Benefit Trust (the ‘EBT’) held 4,200,000 issued 
ordinary shares to satisfy awards under the Company’s share 
option plan. The trustee has agreed not to vote the ordinary 
shares which it holds and therefore 4,200,000 ordinary 
shares are treated as not carrying voting rights.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements70

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Directors’ report continued

Substantial shareholdings continued
At the date of this report, the following had notified the Company that they held 3% or more of the Company’s ordinary share capital. Apart from the shares held by the EBT, no other person 
has reported an interest of 3% or more in the Company’s ordinary shares.

Shareholders 

Canaccord Genuity Wealth Management

Artemis Investment Management

BGF Investment Management Limited

Pendal Group Limited/JO Hambro Capital Management 

Herald Investment Management

FIL 

CRUX Asset Management

River and Mercantile Asset Management

Chelverton Asset Management 

No of 
issued shares

% of issued 
share capital

% of total
 voting rights

16,188,380

10,949,284

10,501,141

7,500,000

4,341,125

4,124,793

4,020,000

3,478,020

2,501,080

19.47

13.17

12.63

9.02

5.22

4.96

4.83

4.18

3.01

20.50

13.87

13.30

9.50

5.50

5.22

5.09

4.41

3.17

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements71

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Directors’ report continued

Going concern
The financial statements have been prepared on a going 
concern basis. The Group meets its day to day working capital 
requirements through its cash reserves and borrowings, 
described in note 19 to the financial statements. As at 
31 December 2021, the Group had cash balances of 
£13,134,000 and undrawn bank facilities available of 
£5,000,000, was cash generative and within its banking 
covenants.

The lenders, Barclays and NatWest Bank, have agreed to 
covenant waivers and modifications where required in order 
to negate the risk of any future covenant breaches.

During the year, the Group continued to trade within the 
limits of its banking facilities and associated covenants. 
Modified covenants were agreed with the lenders with effect 
from July 2020. These required the Group to maintain 
minimum liquidity of at least £5 million, increasing to 
£7 million from September 2021, at the end of every month 
during that period. From September 2021, an interest cover 
covenant was re-introduced at >4.0 and an adjusted leverage 
covenant also re-introduced, initially at <4.0, increasing to 
<4.25 in December 2021 and again to <4.5 in March 2022,  
then reducing to <3.5 in June 2022. 

Since the year end, this facility has been increased and 
extended under an agreement dated 24 March 2022.  
This facility will provide a total available of £30 million, initially 
for a period of three years to March 2025 and extendable for 
up to a further two years. Under this agreement, annual 
reductions of £1.25 million will apply from June 2023.  
The quarterly covenants to be applied from June 2022 
onwards will be: interest cover >4.0; adjusted leverage <2.5 
and adjusted deferred consideration leverage <3.5. There will 
be no minimum liquidity covenant from June 2022.

In assessing the going concern status of the Group and 
Company, the Directors have considered the Group’s 
forecasts and projections, taking account of reasonably 
possible changes in trading performance and the Group’s 
cash flows, liquidity and bank facilities. The Directors have 
prepared a model to forecast covenant compliance and 
liquidity to 31 December 2023 that includes a base case and 
scenarios to form a severe but plausible downside case. 

For the purposes of this model, the terms of the new facility 
including its covenant tests have been applied with effect 
from the quarter ending 30 June 2022. 

The base case assumes growth in revenue and EBITDA based 
on the Group’s budget for the year ended 31 December 2022 
and management projections for the year ended 31 December 
2023. The severe but plausible case assumes a downside 
adjustment to revenue of 6.5% with no reductions in 
operating costs. Under both of these cases, there is 
headroom on covenant compliance throughout the going 
concern period.

The effect of the proposed acquisition of Media Management 
Inc, conditionally agreed on 29 March 2022, has also been 
considered in the model, based on management projections 
for the 18 months ending 31 December 2023 and on a severe 
but plausible case which assumes a downside revenue 
adjustment of 5% with only a 1% reduction in operating costs. 
Under both of these cases, there is headroom on covenant 
compliance throughout the going concern period.

The Directors consider that the Group and Company will have 
sufficient liquidity within existing bank facilities, totalling 
£30 million, to meet its obligations during the next 12 months 
and hence consider it appropriate to prepare the financial 
statements on a going concern basis.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements72

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Directors’ report continued

Independent auditors and disclosure 
of information to auditors
All of the current Directors have taken all the steps that they 
ought to have taken to make themselves aware of any 
information needed by the Group’s auditors for the purposes 
of their audit and to establish that the auditors are aware of 
that information. The Directors are not aware of any relevant 
audit information of which the auditors are unaware.

During the year, the audit was put out to tender. As a result, 
the Audit & Risk Committee recommended to the Board that 
Deloitte LLP be appointed auditors of the Company. Deloitte 
LLP have indicated their willingness to take office and 
therefore a resolution for their appointment will be proposed 
at the AGM. 

Annual General Meeting
The Notice of the Company’s Annual General Meeting 
accompanies this document and is also available on the 
Company’s website at www.ebiquity.com. 

By order of the Board

Lorraine Young
Company Secretary 

30 March 2022

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements73

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

in respect of the financial statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the annual report and the financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulation.

Directors’ confirmations
In the case of each Director in office at the date the Directors’ report is approved:

so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the 
Group’s and Company’s auditors are unaware; and

they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a Director in order to make 
themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Group’s and 
Company’s auditors are aware of that information.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. 
Under that law the Directors have prepared the Group financial statements in accordance 
with international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006 and the Company financial statements in accordance with United 
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
comprising FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’, and applicable law).

Under company law, Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Company 
and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period. In preparing the financial statements, 
the Directors are required to:

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

state whether applicable international accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 have been followed for the Group financial 
statements and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101, have been 
followed for the Company financial statements, subject to any material departures disclosed 
and explained in the financial statements;

		 make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and

		 prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to 

presume that the Group and Company will continue in business.

The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Company 
and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other 
irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient 
to show and explain the Group’s and Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and Company and enable them 
to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website. 
Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements		
		
		
		
74

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Independent auditors’ report

to the members of Ebiquity plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements 
Opinion
In our opinion:

		 Ebiquity plc’s group financial statements and company financial statements (the “financial 
statements”) give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the company’s 
affairs as at 31 December 2021 and of the group’s loss and the group’s cash flows for the 
year then ended;

Our audit approach
Overview

Audit scope
		 Seven reporting units were audited as full scope entities. 

Audit
Scope

These units were located in the UK, Germany, France, USA and Italy

		 The USA and Italy entities in scope were audited by the group 

engagement team

the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with  
UK-adopted international accounting standards;

Key Audit
Matters

the company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with 
United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards, comprising FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”, and applicable law); and

the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual report and financial 
statements (the “Annual Report”), which comprise: the consolidated and company 
statements of financial position as at 31 December 2021; the consolidated income statement, 
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of cash 
flows, and the consolidated and company statements of changes in equity for the year then 
ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant 
accounting policies.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) 
(“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described 
in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. 
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide 
a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the group in accordance with the ethical requirements that 
are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s 
Ethical Standard, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance 
with these requirements.

		 The components in Germany and France were audited by local audit 

teams

Key audit matters

Materiality

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets (group)

		 Accounting for contract revenue recognition (group)

Impairment of investments (parent)

Materiality
		 Overall group materiality: £600,000 (2020: £200,000) based on 
1% of the Group’s revenue for the year (2020: on 5% of 3 years 
weighted average of profit before tax and highlighted items).

		 Overall company materiality: £570,000 (2020: £820,000) based 
on 1% of total assets (capped at 95% of Group overall materiality).

		 Performance materiality: £450,000 (2020: £150,000) (group) 

and £427,500 (2020: £615,000) (company).

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of 
material misstatement in the financial statements.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of 
most significance in the audit of the financial statements of the current period and include the 
most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) 
identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on the overall audit 
strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement 
team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, 
were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements and in forming our 
opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements		
		
		
		
		
75

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Independent auditors’ report continued

to the members of Ebiquity plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Our audit approach continued
Key audit matters continued
This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Prior year misstatement (group), Going concern (group and parent) and Impact of Covid-19 (group and parent), which were key audit matters last year, are no longer included because there 
is no prior year misstatement identified in the current year, a reduction in uncertainty in relation to the potential impact of Covid-19 on the group and there is increased covenant headroom 
observed in management’s base case and downside case cash flow forecasts. Otherwise, the key audit matters below are consistent with last year.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets (group)
We focused on this area because management’s assessment of the carrying value of 
goodwill and intangible assets involves subjective assumptions about the future results of 
the business. The key assumptions applied by management were future revenue growth,  
cost assumptions and the discount rate used as set out in note 10 to the group financial 
statements.

We focused on those Cash Generating Units (CGUs) we considered to carry more judgement 
because of current year losses or historical underperformance against budgets, or for which 
management’s impairment model gave lower headroom relative to other CGUs. The Value In 
Use (VIU) calculations in relation to the group’s China CGU (goodwill and intangible assets of 
£2,710k), Media America CGU (goodwill and intangible assets of £604k) and Firm Decisions 
CGU (goodwill and intangible assets of £3,117k) were most sensitive to changes in key 
assumptions.

We have evaluated management’s future cash flow forecasts, which were prepared to a 
sufficiently detailed level, including comparing them to the latest Board approved budgets, 
testing the integrity of the underlying calculations and assessing how both internal and 
external drivers of performance were incorporated into the projections.

We also challenged the discount rates used by independently recalculating the cost of capital 
and are satisfied that the rates used are appropriate. Discount rates were benchmarked using 
data provided by our valuations experts.

In respect of the China, Media America and Firm Decisions CGUs, we have assessed each of 
the assumptions that have been applied to the impairment model and agree that they are 
reasonable.

The Media America business is recovering from the impact of Covid-19 and under new 
management, a revised strategic plan has been developed and approved by the Board, 
resulting in a significantly improved performance in 2021. The growth rates in management’s 
impairment model for this CGU assume a continuation of significant growth in future years.

For all three CGUs, we compared the 2021 financial performance to budget and understood 
the reasons for the differences from the forecasts prepared for the impairment assessment in 
the prior year. We also performed sensitivity analysis over the key drivers of the cash flow 
forecasts, in particular the revenue growth, cost assumptions and discount rate. 

Having ascertained the extent of change in those assumptions that either individually or 
collectively would be required for the goodwill and intangible assets to be impaired, we 
considered the likelihood of such movement arising in those key assumptions.

Therefore, we also examined the disclosures made in the financial statements and concluded 
that they are appropriate given the sensitivity of the China, Media America and Firm Decisions 
CGU to changes in assumptions that would give rise to impairment.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements76

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Independent auditors’ report continued

to the members of Ebiquity plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Our audit approach continued
Key audit matters continued

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Accounting for contract revenue recognition (group)
Income is recognised in accordance with the stage of completion of the contract activity for 
the Media, Analytics & Tech businesses. The stage of completion is determined relative to the 
total number of hours expected to complete the work or provision of services. Where 
recorded revenue exceeds amounts invoiced to clients, the excess is classified as contract 
asset and where recorded revenue is less than amounts invoiced to clients, the difference is 
classified as contract liability.

Where services are performed by an indeterminate number of acts over a specific period, 
revenue is recognised on a straight line basis over the specific period unless there is evidence 
that some other method better represents the stage of completion.

If the outcome of a contract cannot be estimated reliably, the contract revenue is recognised 
to the extent of contract costs incurred that it is probable would be recoverable. Costs are 
recognised as an expense in the period in which they are incurred.

Careful consideration needs to be given to projects open at year end requiring significant 
judgement in respect of the stage of completion and the associated revenue and profit to be 
recognised. The total amount of revenue and profit to be recognised under a contract can be 
affected by changes in conditions and circumstances over time, such as: 

		 variations to the original contract terms 

		 cost overruns 

scope changes that require further negotiation and settlement. Variations can arise from 
changing client specifications, changes to the job based on unforeseen circumstances 
(e.g. macroeconomic factors), as well as from inefficiencies on the part of either party.

There can be some uncertainties, therefore, in determining the amounts to be recovered 
from any additional work performed. The risk is, therefore, that contract revenue is not 
recognised in the correct period.

We understood management’s policies and their controls for recording revenue. 
We performed detailed end-to-end walkthroughs of the finance and operational processes, 
utilising our understanding from prior years to reassess the design effectiveness of the key 
internal controls and identify changes, if any.

We reviewed a sample of the terms and conditions attached to revenue contracts and 
evaluated management’s judgements used to determine the timing of recognition of 
revenue.

We selected a number of contracts to audit, including those with significant revenue 
recognised in the year or with significant contract assets and a further sample on a 
random basis. To assess whether revenue and profit is accurately recorded, we tested 
the hours completed on a sample of contracts by obtaining an understanding from project 
managers as to the budgeted hours, challenging the assumptions, evaluating the outturn of 
previous estimates and agreeing the actual hours incurred post-year end to the forecast for 
the period.

We also assessed how the project managers determined that the stage of completion 
was correctly calculated by obtaining their calculations and agreeing the inputs to 
supporting evidence and correspondence with customers. We found that revenue was 
recorded appropriately.

To test the timing of contract revenue, we challenged management’s judgements on 
the completeness of work for our sample of contracts by checking original contracts, 
amendments to contracts, where applicable (e.g. due to agreed changes in scope), 
and checking that the contractual milestones had been reached.

No significant issues were noted from our work.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements		
77

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Independent auditors’ report continued

to the members of Ebiquity plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Our audit approach continued
Key audit matters continued

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Impairment of investments (parent)
The investment in subsidiary companies is a material balance within the company balance 
sheet and there is risk of impairment if the carrying values are deemed to be in excess of the 
recoverable amount.

Management have undertaken an assessment of the carrying values as compared to the 
recoverable amount and concluded that no impairment is required.

We have reviewed investments for indicators of impairment. Where indicators of impairment 
exist, for example where the investment’s carrying value is in excess of its net assets, we have 
obtained management’s impairment assessment.

We have audited management’s assumptions in the impairment assessment and the 
conclusions reached, noting no issues from our work.

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to 
give an opinion on the financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of 
the group and the company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which 
they operate.

The following matters are considered when determining the scope of the audit by component:

		 We identify components which are financially significant to the group;

		 We identify components considered likely to include a significant risk of material 

misstatement to the Group financial statements;

		 We consider the findings from prior year audits and assess whether it would provide further 

insight to the Group to revisit certain territories to provide an update; and.

		 We consider if there are any other components that contribute a significant amount to key 
income statement and balance sheet measures and ensure sufficient coverage of each 
material line item in the financial statements is obtained through components in scope.

		 We also considered locations visited and those out of scope in the prior three years. 
The scoping calculation is based upon obtaining sufficient coverage of each financial 
statement line item, which varies depending on the risk assessment.

		 The group operates through subsidiaries in the US, Australia, China, UK, France, Germany 
and other European countries. There are three financially significant components being: 
Ebiquity plc, Ebiquity Associates Ltd and Ebiquity Germany GmbH; for the purpose of 
obtaining required coverage over the Group balances, we have also included in our scope 
Ebiquity Inc. and FirmDecisions ASJP LLC (both incorporated in USA), Ebiquity SAS 
(incorporated in France) and Ebiquity Italia S.r.l. (incorporated in Italy). Specified procedures 
had been performed in respect of China Media (Shanghai) Management Consulting 
Company Limited and Ebiquity Iberia S.L.U. using the group materiality. The scoping 
calculation is based upon obtaining sufficient coverage of each financial statement line item, 
which varies depending on the risk assessment. We also considered locations visited and 
those out of scope in the prior three years. The scoping calculation is based upon obtaining 
sufficient coverage of each financial statement line item, which varies depending on the risk 
assessment. The Group audit is performed in the UK by the same engagement leader and 
team as audited components incorporated in the UK; the German component has been 
audited by another PwC network firm; the French component has been audited by BDO 
France, the local statutory auditor. As part of our audit procedures we have obtained access 
to the audit files of the components not directly audited by PwC UK and have reviewed the 
work performed. In the current year we attended the clearance meetings by conference call in 
Germany and France

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements78

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Independent auditors’ report continued

to the members of Ebiquity plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Our audit approach continued
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to 
determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of 
misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Financial statements – group

Overall materiality

£600,000 (2020: £200,000).

How we determined it

1% of the Group's revenue for the year (2020: on 5% of 3 years weighted average of profit before tax and 
highlighted items)

Rationale for 
benchmark applied

As the Group emerges from the impact of Covid-19, a key focus of management is revenue growth through 
expansion of products and services that are offered, particularly in the Digital market.

As a result, we have determined that revenue is a more appropriate benchmark and have therefore applied 
this in the current year.

Financial statements – company

£570,000 (2020: £820,000).

1% of total assets (2021: capped at 95% of 
Group overall materiality, 2020: capped at 
95% of group overall materiality).

Based on total assets as the entity holds all 
of the group’s subsidiary investments and is 
not a profit generating entity.

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. The range of materiality allocated across components was 
£110,000 and £570,000. Certain components were audited to a local statutory audit materiality that was also less than our overall group materiality.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. 
Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the nature and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures,  
for example in determining sample sizes. Our performance materiality was 75% (2020: 75%) of overall materiality, amounting to £450,000 (2020: £150,000) for the group financial statements 
and £427,500 (2020: £615,000) for the company financial statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors - the history of misstatements, risk assessment and aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls – 
and concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range was appropriate.

We agreed with those charged with governance that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £30,000 (group audit) (2020: £10,000) and £28,500 
(company audit) (2020: £10,000) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements79

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Independent auditors’ report continued

to the members of Ebiquity plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Conclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and the company’s ability to 
continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not 
a guarantee as to the group’s and the company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are 
described in the relevant sections of this report.

		 Assessing the appropriateness of the group’s cash flow, liquidity and covenant forecasts in 

the context of the group’s 2021 financial position. We considered external advertising spend 
outlook reports and economic growth forecasts from a variety of sources, as these were 
good indicators of forecast revenue growth; 

		 Understanding and assessing the appropriateness of the key assumptions used both in the 
base case and in the severe but plausible downside case, including assessing whether we 
considered the downside sensitivities to be appropriately severe; 

		 Corroborating key assumptions to underlying documentation and ensured this was 

consistent with our audit work in these areas, including the impact of potential acquisitions 
as noted in note 32; 

		 Obtaining and reviewing documents confirming the change in covenants and amended 

financing agreement; 

		 Testing the mathematical accuracy of management’s cash flow models; 

		 Validating a sample of secured revenue items within management’s forecast analysis; 

		 Considering the historical accuracy of management’s forecasting and note while there have 
been significant deviations between the original 2021 budget compared to the 2021 actuals 
the reforecasting performed by management has been predominantly accurate; and 

		 Reviewing the disclosures provided relating to the going concern basis of preparation 

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties 
relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on 
the group’s and the company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least 
twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going 
concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the 
financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon. The directors are responsible for the 
other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other 
information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent 
otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other 
information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent 
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to 
be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material 
misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material 
misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other 
information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing 
to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic report and Directors’ report, we also considered whether the 
disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 2006 have been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us 
also to report certain opinions and matters as described below.

Strategic report and Directors’ report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information 
given in the Strategic report and Directors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2021 
is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with 
applicable legal requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment 
obtained in the course of the audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the 
Strategic report and Directors’ report.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements80

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Independent auditors’ report continued

to the members of Ebiquity plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ responsibilities, the directors are 
responsible for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the 
applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The directors 
are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the 
preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due 
to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s 
and the company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters 
related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors 
either intend to liquidate the group or the company or to cease operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as 
a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an 
auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance 
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always 
detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error 
and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial 
statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. 
We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material 
misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures 
are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the group and industry, we identified that the principal risks 
of non-compliance with laws and regulations related to GDPR, and we considered the extent 
to which non-compliance might have a material effect on the financial statements. We also 
considered those laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the financial statements 
such as tax, employment legislation (including Health & Safety) and Companies Act 2006. 
We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of 
the financial statements (including the risk of override of controls), and determined that the 
principal risks were related to posting inappropriate journal entries to improve reported 
revenue and potential management bias in accounting estimates. The group engagement 
team shared this risk assessment with the component auditors so that they could include 
appropriate audit procedures in response to such risks in their work. 

Audit procedures performed by the group engagement team and/or component auditors 
included:

		 Enquiries of management and the in-house legal team to understand internal processes with 
regards to compliance with laws and regulations and to understand whether there have been 
any instances of non-compliance, including discussions and review of legal advice obtained by 
management in respect of the group’s adherence to sanctions in Russia;

		 Review of minutes of board meetings for identification of risks and potential non-compliance;

		 Review of legal expenses incurred in the year and testing of a sample of legal expenses to 

underlying invoices to understand the nature of the expense;

		 Review of financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting documentation to assess 

compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

Identification of journal entries considered to be unusual e.g. postings to unusual account 
combinations or unusual entry description and testing of these journals to supporting 
documentation; and

		 Addressing the risk of management override of controls, through testing journal entries and 
other adjustments for appropriateness, testing accounting estimates (due to the risk of 
management bias) and evaluating the business rationale of significant transactions outside 
of the normal course of business.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements		
81

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Independent auditors’ report continued

to the members of Ebiquity plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit continued
Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements continued
There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to 
become aware of instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations that are not closely 
related to events and transactions reflected in the financial statements. Also, the risk of not 
detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one 
resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or 
intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and 
balances, possibly using data auditing techniques. However, it typically involves selecting a 
limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. We will often 
seek to target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other 
cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion about the population from 
which the sample is selected.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located 
on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part 
of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the company’s members 
as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no 
other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any 
other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may 
come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

		 we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

		 adequate accounting records have not been kept by the company, or returns adequate for 

our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or

		 certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

the company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records 
and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Other matter
In due course, as required by the Financial Conduct Authority Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rule 4.1.14R, these financial statements will form part of the ESEF-prepared 
annual financial report filed on the National Storage Mechanism of the Financial Conduct 
Authority in accordance with the ESEF Regulatory Technical Standard (‘ESEF RTS’).  
This auditors’ report provides no assurance over whether the annual financial report will be 
prepared using the single electronic format specified in the ESEF RTS.

Richard Porter (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP  
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors  
London

30 March 2022

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements		
82

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Consolidated income statement

for the year ended 31 December 2021

Revenue 

Project-related costs

Net revenue 

Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Administrative expenses

Other operating income

Operating (loss)/profit

Finance income

Finance expenses

Foreign exchange

Net finance costs

Profit/(loss) before taxation from continuing operations 

Taxation (charge)/credit – continuing operations

Profit/(loss) for the year – continuing operations 

Net profit/(loss) from discontinued operations

Profit/(loss) for the year 

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

Non-controlling interests

Earnings per share – continuing operations

Basic 

Diluted 

Earnings per share – discontinued operations

Basic 

Diluted 

The notes on pages 87 to 131 are an integral part of these financial statements.

Year ended 31 December 2021

Year ended 31 December 2020

Note

2

Before
highlighted
items
£’000

Highlighted
items
(note 3)
£’000

63,091

(7,525)

55,566

(25,127)

30,439

—

—

—

—

—

Total
£’000

63,091

(7,525)

55,566

(25,127)

30,439

(25,855)

(9,815)

(35,670)

4

6

6

7

8

9

9

9

9

153

4,737

20

(882)

229

(633)

4,104

(1,737)

2,367

—

2,367

2,250

117

2,367

—

(9,815)

—

—

—

—

(9,815)

531

(9,284)

—

(9,284)

(9,282)

(2)

(9,284)

153

(5,078)

20

(882)

229

(633)

(5,711)

(1,206)

(6,917)

—

(6,917)

(7,032)

115

(6,917)

(8.51)p

(8.51)p

—

—

Before
highlighted
items
£’000

Highlighted
items
(note 3)
£’000

55,907

(6,436)

49,471

(24,784)

24,687

(25,172)

151

(334)

39

(914)

(137)

(1,012)

(1,346)

(26)

(1,372)

—

(1,372)

(1,569)

197

(1,372)

—

—

—

—

—

(2,541)

—

(2,541)

—

—

—

—

(2,541)

176

(2,365)

220

(2,145)

(2,134)

(11)

(2,145)

Total
£’000

55,907

(6,436)

49,471

(24,784)

24,687

(27,713)

151

(2,875)

39

(914)

(137)

(1,012)

(3,887)

150

(3,737)

220

(3,517)

(3,703)

186

(3,517)

(4.81)p

(4.81)p

0.27p

0.27p

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
83

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

for the year ended 31 December 2021

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive income/(expense):

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Exchange differences on translation of overseas subsidiaries

Total other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year

Total comprehensive expense for the year

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

Non-controlling interests

The notes on pages 87 to 131 are an integral part of these financial statements.

Year ended
31 December
 2021
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2020
£’000

(6,917)

(3,517)

(889)

(889)

1,033

1,033

(7,806)

(2,484)

(7,921)

115

(7,806)

(2,670)

186

(2,484)

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements84

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Consolidated statement of financial position

as at 31 December 2021

31 December
 2021
£’000

31 December
 2020
£’000

Note

31 December
 2021
£’000

31 December
 2020
£’000

Note

Non‑current assets

Goodwill 

Other intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Lease receivables

Deferred tax asset

Total non‑current assets

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Lease receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets 

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Accruals and contract liabilities

Financial liabilities

Current tax liabilities

Provisions 

Lease liabilities

Deferred tax liability

Total current liabilities

10

11

12

13

13

21

15

13

16

17

18

19

7

20

13

21

21,934

146

13,134

35,214

75,511

(6,525)

(19,350)

59

(374)

—

(2,566)

(390)

(29,146)

28,172

28,563

Financial liabilities

Non‑current liabilities

4,528

1,512

4,542

155

1,388

6,135

1,962

Provisions 

Lease liabilities

6,237

Deferred tax liability

280

1,145

Total non‑current liabilities

Total liabilities 

40,297

44,322

Total net assets

Equity 

24,318

Ordinary shares

171

Share premium

11,121

Other reserves

35,610

Retained earnings

79,932

Equity attributable to the owners of the parent

Non‑controlling interests

(6,096)

Total equity 

19

20

13

21

22

23

23

23

(17,960)

(19,675)

(493)

(3,825)

(1,083)

(23,361)

(52,507)

23,004

(412)

(5,820)

(1,090)

(26,997)

(49,186)

30,746

20,682

20,646

255

4,572

(2,774)

22,735

269

23,004

255

5,461

3,942

30,304

442

30,746

(9,890)

(1,912)

(1,703)

—

(2,338)

(250)

(22,189)

The notes on pages 87 to 131 are an integral part of these financial statements. The financial 
statements on pages 82 to 86 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of 
Directors on 30 March 2022 and were signed on its behalf by:

Alan Newman
Chief Financial and Operating Officer

Ebiquity plc. Registered No. 03967525

30 March 2022

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements85

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

for the year ended 31 December 2021

31 December 2019 (as restated)

(Loss)/profit for the year 2020 (as reported) 

Other comprehensive expense

Total comprehensive (expense)/income for the year 

Shares issued for cash

Share options credit

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

31 December 2020

(Loss)/profit for the year 2021 

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the year

Shares issued for cash

Share options charge

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

31 December 2021

Equity 
attributable to
owners of 
the parent
 £’000

Retained 
earnings 
£’000

Non-controlling
interests
 £’000

Note

22

3

22

3

Ordinary 
shares 
£’000

20,029

—

—

—

8

—

609

—

20,646

—

—

—

36

—

—

Share 
premium 
£’000

46

—

—

—

—

—

209

—

255

—

—

—

—

—

—

Other 
reserves1
 £’000

4,428

—

1,033

1,033

—

—

—

—

5,461

—

(889)

(889)

—

—

—

12,210

(3,703)

—

(3,703)

(8)

(1,845)

(2,712)

—

3,942

(7,032)

—

(7,032)

(3)

319

—

36,713

(3,703)

1,033

(2,670)

—

(1,845)

(1,894)

—

30,304

(7,032)

(889)

(7,921)

33

319

—

Total 
equity
 £’000 

37,892

(3,517)

1,033

(2,484)

—

(1,845)

(2,673)

(144)

30,746

(6,917)

(889)

(7,806)

33

319

(288)

23,004

1,179

186

—

186

—

—

(779)

(144)

442

115

—

115

—

—

(288)

269

1. 

Includes a credit of £3,667,000 (31 December 2020: £3,667,000) in the merger reserve, a gain of £2,383,000 (31 December 2020: £3,272,000) recognised in the translation reserve, and is partially offset by a debit balance of £1,478,000 
(31 December  2020: £1,478,000) in the ESOP reserve. Refer to note 23 for further details. 

The notes on pages 87 to 131 are an integral part of these financial statements.

20,682

255

4,572

(2,774)

22,735

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements86

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Consolidated statement of cash flows

for the year ended 31 December 2021

31 December
 2021
£’000

31 December
 2020
£’000

Note

31 December
 2021
£’000

31 December
 2020
£’000

Note

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash generated from operations

27

11,800

Finance expenses paid

Finance income received

Income taxes paid

Net cash generated by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities

Acquisition of subsidiaries,  
net of cash acquired

Disposal of subsidiaries

Payments to acquire 
non-controlling interest

Payments in respect of 
contingent consideration

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of intangible assets

Net cash (used in)/generated  
by investing activities

(626)

7

(2,492)

8,689

5,827

(563)

13

(2,285)

2,992

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from issue of share capital  
(net of issue costs)

Proceeds from bank borrowings

Repayment of bank borrowings

Proceeds from government borrowings

Bank loan fees paid

Repayment of lease liabilities

8

29

19

12

11

—

—

(597)

Dilapidations payments

18

Dividends paid to shareholders

(1,291)

(1,539)

(680)

(217)

(849)

—

(87)

(1,230)

(3,037)

(3,435)

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

Net cash flow generated by/(used in) 
financing activities

Net increase in cash, cash equivalents 
and bank overdrafts

Cash, cash equivalents and bank 
overdraft at beginning of year

Effects of exchange rate changes  
on cash and cash equivalents

Group cash and cash equivalents  
at the end of the year

19

19

19

13

26

34

—

(1,000)

—

(36)

(2,108)

—

—

(157)

—

5,000

—

806

(21)

(2,130)

(300)

—

(144)

(3,267)

3,211

2,385

2,768

16

11,121

8,236

(372)

117

16

13,134

11,121

The notes on pages 87 to 131 are an integral part of these financial statements.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements87

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2021

1. Accounting policies 
General information
Ebiquity plc (the ‘Company’) and its subsidiaries (together, the ‘Group’) exists to help brands 
optimise return on investment from their marketing spend, working with many of the world’s 
leading advertisers to improve marketing outcomes and enhance business performance. 
The Group has 19 offices.

The Company is a public limited company, which is listed on the London Stock Exchange’s AIM 
and is limited by shares. The Company is incorporated and domiciled in the UK. The address of 
its registered office is Chapter House, 16 Brunswick Place, London N1 6DZ.

Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted 
international accounting standards (IFRS) in conformity with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006 (‘IFRS’) and the applicable legal requirements of the Companies Act 
2006. 

Going concern
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. The Group meets its 
day-to-day working capital requirements through its cash reserves and borrowings, described 
in note 19 to the financial statements. As at 31 December 2021, the Group had cash balances 
of £13,134,000 and undrawn bank facilities available of £5,000,000 and was cash generative 
and within its banking covenants.

The lenders, Barclays and NatWest Bank, have agreed to covenant waivers and modifications 
where required in order to negate the risk of any future covenant breaches.

During the year, the Group continued to trade within the limits of its banking facilities and 
associated covenants. Modified covenants were agreed with the lenders with effect from 
July 2020. These required the Group to maintain minimum liquidity of at least £5 million, 
increasing to £7 million from September 2021, at the end of every month during that period. 
From September 2021, an interest cover covenant was reintroduced at >4.0 and an adjusted 
leverage covenant also reintroduced, initially at <4.0, increasing to <4.25 in December 2021 
and again to <4.5 in March 2022, then reducing to <3.5 in June 2022. 

Since the year end, this facility has been increased and extended under an agreement dated 
24 March 2022. This facility will provide a total available amount of £30 million, initially for a 
period of three years to March 2025 and extendable for up to a further two years. Under this 
agreement, annual reductions of £1.25 million will apply from June 2023. 

The quarterly covenants to be applied from June 2022 onwards will be: interest cover >4.0; 
adjusted leverage <2.5 and adjusted deferred consideration leverage <3.5. There will be no 
minimum liquidity covenant from June 2022.

In assessing the going concern status of the Group and Company, the Directors have 
considered the Group’s forecasts and projections, taking account of reasonably possible 
changes in trading performance and the Group’s cash flows, liquidity and bank facilities. 
The Directors have prepared a model to forecast covenant compliance and liquidity to 
31 December 2023 that includes a base case and scenarios to form a severe but plausible 
downside case. 

For the purposes of this model, the terms of the new facility including its covenant tests 
have been applied with effect from the quarter ending 30 June 2022. 

The base case assumes growth in revenue and EBITDA based on the Group’s budget for the 
year ended 31 December 2022 and management projections for the year ended 31 December 
2023. The severe but plausible case assumes a downside adjustment to revenue of 6.5% with 
no reductions in operating costs. Under both of these cases, there is headroom on covenant 
compliance throughout the going concern period.

The effect of the proposed acquisition of Media Management Inc, conditionally agreed on 
29 March 2022, has also been considered in the model, based on management projections 
for the 18 months ending 31 December 2023 and on a severe but plausible case which 
assumes a downside revenue adjustment of 5% with only a 1% reduction in operating costs. 
Under both of these cases, there is headroom on covenant compliance throughout the going 
concern period.

The Directors consider that the Group and Company will have sufficient liquidity within 
existing bank facilities, totalling £30 million, to meet its obligations during the next 12 
months and hence consider it appropriate to prepare the financial statements on a going 
concern basis. 

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified 
by the revaluation of financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. 

The consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds sterling and rounded to the 
nearest thousand.

The principal accounting policies adopted in these consolidated financial statements are set 
out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all periods presented, unless 
otherwise stated.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements88

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

1. Accounting policies continued 
Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company 
and entities controlled by the Company (its subsidiaries). Control is achieved where the 
Company has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an investee entity so 
as to obtain benefits from its activities. The results of each subsidiary are included from the 
date that control is transferred to the Group until the date that control ceases.

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring 
the accounting policies used in line with those used by the Group. All intra-group transactions, 
balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

Non-controlling interests represent the portion of the results and net assets in subsidiaries 
that is not held by the Group.

Business combinations and goodwill
The Group applies the acquisition method to account for business combinations. The cost of 
the acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the fair values, at the date of exchange, of 
assets given, liabilities assumed, and equity instruments issued by the Group in exchange for 
control of the acquiree. The acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities 
are recognised initially at their fair value at the acquisition date. Goodwill is initially measured 
at cost, being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred over the fair value 
of net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The determination of the fair values 
of acquired assets and liabilities is based on judgement, and the Directors have 12 months 
from the date of the business combination to finalise the allocation of the purchase price.

Goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units expected to benefit from 
the synergies of the combination. Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost 
less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at least annually 
or whenever there is evidence that it may be required. Any impairment is recognised 
immediately in the income statement and is not subsequently reversed.

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of the Group’s interest in an associate, being the excess of 
the cost of acquisition over the Group’s share of the fair values of the identifiable net assets of 
the associate, is included within the carrying amount of the investment. The non-controlling 
shareholders’ interest in the acquiree is initially measured at the non-controlling interest’s 
proportion of the net fair value of the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities recognised.

Where transactions with non-controlling parties do not result in a change in control, 
the difference between the fair value of the consideration paid or received and the amount 
by which the non-controlling interest is adjusted, is recognised in equity.

Where the consideration for the acquisition includes a contingent consideration arrangement, 
this is measured at fair value at the acquisition date. Any subsequent changes to the fair value 
of the contingent consideration are adjusted against the cost of the acquisition if they occur 
within the measurement period and only if the changes relate to conditions existing at the 
acquisition date. Any subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration 
after the measurement period are recognised in the income statement within administrative 
expenses as a highlighted item. The carrying value of contingent consideration at the 
statement of financial position date represents management’s best estimate of the future 
payment at that date, based on historical results and future forecasts.

All costs directly attributable to the business combination are expensed as incurred and 
recorded in the income statement within highlighted items.

Revenue recognition
Revenue is recognised in accordance with IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’. 

The revenue and profits recognised in any period are based on the delivery of performance 
obligations and an assessment of when control is transferred to the customer. Revenue is 
recognised either when the performance obligation in the contract has been performed 
(so ‘point-in-time’ recognition) or ‘over time’ as control of the performance obligation is 
transferred to the customer.

IFRS 15 provides a single, principles-based five-step model to be applied to all sales 
contracts as outlined below:

identify the contract(s) with a customer;

identify the performance obligation(s) in the contract;

		 determine the transaction price;

		 allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

recognise revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

Revenue from providing services is recognised in the accounting period in which the services 
are rendered. For fixed-price contracts, revenue is recognised based on the actual service 
provided to the end of the reporting period as a proportion of the total services to be provided 
because the customer receives and uses the benefits simultaneously. This is determined based 
on the actual labour hours spent relative to the total expected labour hours. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements		
		
		
89

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

1. Accounting policies continued 
Revenue recognition continued
Estimates of revenues, costs or extent of progress toward completion are revised if 
circumstances change. Any resulting increases or decreases in estimated revenues or costs are 
reflected in profit or loss in the period in which the circumstances that give rise to the revision 
become known by management.

In the case of fixed-price contracts, the customer pays the fixed amount based on a payment 
schedule. 

For the purpose of presenting consolidated financial statements, the assets and liabilities of 
the Group’s foreign operations are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the year-end 
date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rate for the period, 
which approximates to the rate applicable at the dates of the transactions. 

The exchange differences arising from the retranslation of the year-end amounts of foreign 
subsidiaries and the difference on translation of the results of those subsidiaries into the 
presentational currency of the Group are recognised in the translation reserve. All other 
exchange differences are dealt with through the consolidated income statement.

Deferred and accrued income
The Group’s customer contracts include a diverse range of payment schedules which are 
often agreed at the inception of the contracts under which it receives payments throughout 
the term of the arrangement. Payments for goods and services transferred at a point in time 
may be at the delivery date, in arrears or part payment in advance. 

Highlighted items
Highlighted items comprise non-cash charges and non-recurring items which are highlighted in 
the consolidated income statement as separate disclosure is considered by the Directors to be 
relevant in understanding the underlying performance of the business. The non-cash charges 
include share option charges and amortisation of purchased intangibles. 

Where payments made to date are greater than the revenue recognised up to the reporting 
date, the Group recognises a deferred income ‘contract liability’ for this difference. Where 
payments made are less than the revenue recognised up to the reporting date, the Group 
recognises an accrued income ‘contract asset’ for this difference.

Finance income and expenses
Finance income and expense represents interest receivable and payable. Finance income and 
expense is recognised on an accruals basis, based on the interest rate applicable to each bank 
or loan account.

Foreign currencies
For the purposes of the consolidated financial statements, the results and financial position of 
each Group company are expressed in pounds sterling, which is the functional currency of the 
Company, and the presentation currency for the consolidated financial statements.

In preparing the financial statements of the individual companies, transactions in currencies 
other than the entity’s functional currency (foreign currencies) are recorded at the rates of 
exchange prevailing on the dates of transactions. At each year-end date, monetary assets and 
liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing on 
the year-end date.

The non-recurring items include the costs associated with potential acquisitions (where  
formal discussion is undertaken), completed acquisitions and disposals, and their subsequent 
integration into/separation from the Group, adjustments to the estimates of contingent 
consideration on acquired entities, asset impairment charges, management restructuring 
and other significant one-off items. Costs associated with ongoing market landscaping, 
acquisition identification and early stage discussions with acquisition targets are reported 
in underlying administrative expenses. 

Taxation
The tax expense included in the consolidated income statement comprises current and 
deferred tax. Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the period, 
using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted by the year-end date.

The Group is subject to corporate taxes in a number of different jurisdictions and judgement 
is required in determining the appropriate provision for transactions where the ultimate tax 
determination is uncertain. In such circumstances, the Group recognises liabilities for 
anticipated taxes based on the best information available and where the anticipated liability 
is both probable and estimatable. Where the final outcome of such matters differs from the 
amount recorded, any differences may impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in 
the period in which the final determination is made.

Tax is recognised in the consolidated income statement except to the extent that it relates 
to items recognised directly in equity or other comprehensive income, in which case it is 
recognised in equity. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements90

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

1. Accounting policies continued 
Taxation continued
Using the liability method, deferred tax is provided on all temporary differences between the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their tax bases, 
except for differences arising on:

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any 
recognised impairment loss.

Depreciation is charged so as to write off the cost of assets over their estimated useful 
economic lives. The rates applied are as follows:

the initial recognition of goodwill;

the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction which is not a business 
combination and at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable 
profit; and

investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities where the Group is able to control 
the timing of the reversal of the difference and it is probable that the difference will not 
reverse in the foreseeable future.

Recognition of deferred tax assets is restricted to those instances where it is probable that 
taxable profit will be available against which the difference can be utilised. The recognition of 
deferred tax assets is reviewed at each year-end date.

The amount of the asset or liability is determined using tax rates that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted by the year-end date and are expected to apply when the deferred tax 
liabilities/assets are settled/recovered.

Motor vehicles 

Eight years straight-line

Fixtures, fittings, and equipment

Three to nine years straight-line

Computer equipment

Right-of-use assets –  
leasehold improvements

Two to four years straight-line

Period of the lease

Other intangible assets
Internally generated intangible assets – capitalised development costs
Internally generated intangible assets relate to bespoke computer software and technology 
developed by the Group’s internal software development team. During the year, the Group 
generated £970,000 of internally generated intangible assets (2020: £1,226,000).

An internally generated intangible asset arising from the Group’s development expenditure is 
recognised only if all of the following conditions are met:

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when the Group has a legally enforceable right to 
offset current tax assets and liabilities and the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to 
taxes levied by the same tax authority on either:

it is technically feasible to develop the asset so that it will be available for use or sale;

		 adequate resources are available to complete the development and to use or sell the asset;

the same taxable Group company; or

		 different Group entities which intend either to settle current tax assets and liabilities on a net 
basis, or to realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously, in each future period in 
which significant amounts of deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be settled or 
recovered.

Taxation has been allocated to the discontinued operation by taking each element in turn and 
attributing the appropriate portion accordingly. This includes the allocation of adjustments to 
profit before tax to determine the profits chargeable to corporation tax and then applying the 
taxation charge from each jurisdiction respectively. For deferred taxation, each asset and 
liability was reviewed and the AdIntel related items were carved out from the Group items.

there is an intention to complete the asset for use or sale;

the Group is able to use or sell the intangible asset; 

it is probable that the asset created will generate future economic benefits; and

the development cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

Internally generated intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over their useful 
lives. Amortisation commences when the asset is available for use and useful lives range from 
three to five years. The amortisation expense is included within administrative expenses. 
Where an internally generated intangible asset cannot be recognised, development 
expenditure is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
91

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

1. Accounting policies continued 
Other intangible assets continued
Purchased intangible assets
Externally acquired intangible assets are initially recognised at cost and subsequently 
amortised on a straight-line basis over their useful economic lives, which vary from three to 
10 years. The amortisation expense is included as a highlighted item within the administrative 
expenses line in the income statement. 

Intangible assets recognised on business combinations are recorded at fair value at the 
acquisition date using appropriate valuation techniques where they are separable from the 
acquired entity or give rise to other contractual/legal rights. The significant intangibles 
recognised by the Group are customer relationships, which are amortised on a straight-line 
basis over a typical useful life of 10 years.

Computer software
Purchased computer software intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over 
their useful lives, which vary from three to five years.

Impairment
Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested 
annually for impairment. 

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is grouped at the lowest levels for which there 
are separately identifiable cash flows, known as cash-generating units. If the recoverable 
amount of the cash-generating unit is less than the carrying amount of the unit, the 
impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to 
the unit and then to the other assets of the unit pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount 
of each asset in the unit.

Assets that are subject to amortisation or depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever 
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. 
If any such condition exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to 
determine the extent, if any, of the impairment loss. Where the asset does not generate cash 
flows that are independent from other assets, estimates are made of the cash flows of the 
cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value, less costs to sell, and value-in-use. In assessing 
value-in-use, estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax 
discount rate appropriate to the specific asset or cash-generating unit.

If the recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is estimated to be less than its 
carrying amount, the carrying value of the asset or cash-generating unit is reduced to its 
recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognised immediately in highlighted items in the 
income statement. 

In respect of assets other than goodwill, an impairment loss is reversed if there has been a 
change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is 
reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying 
amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no 
impairment loss had been recognised. 

Leases
The Group has various lease arrangements for buildings, cars, and IT equipment. Lease terms 
are negotiated on an individual basis locally. This results in a wide range of different terms and 
conditions. At the inception of a lease contract, the Group assesses whether the contract 
conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a certain period in exchange for a 
consideration, in which case it is identified as a lease. The Group then recognises a right-of-use 
asset and a corresponding lease liability at the lease commencement date. Lease-related 
assets and liabilities are measured on a present value basis. Lease-related assets and liabilities 
are subjected to re-measurement when either terms are modified or lease assumptions have 
changed. Such an event results in the lease liability being re-measured to reflect the 
measurement of the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the 
discount rate at the time of the change. The lease assets are adjusted to reflect the change  
in the re-measured liabilities. 

Right-of-use assets
Right-of-use assets include the net present value of the following components:

the initial measurement of the lease liability;

lease payments made before the commencement date of the lease; 

initial direct costs; and

		 costs to restore. 

The right-of-use assets are reduced for lease incentives relating to the lease. The right-of-use 
assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the duration of the contract. In the event 
that the lease contract becomes onerous, the right-of-use asset is impaired for the part which 
has become onerous.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements		
		
		
92

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

1. Accounting policies continued 
Leases continued
Lease liabilities
Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following components: 

fixed payments excluding lease incentive receivables;

future contractually agreed fixed increases; and

		 payments related to renewals or early termination, in case options to renew or for early 

termination are reasonably certain to be exercised. 

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If such rate 
cannot be determined, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the 
lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value,  
in a similar economic environment, with similar terms and conditions. The discount rate that is 
used to calculate the present value reflects the interest rate applicable to the lease at 
inception of the contract. Lease contracts entered into in a currency different to the local 
functional currency are subjected to periodic foreign currency revaluations which are 
recognised in the income statement in net finance costs. 

The lease liabilities are subsequently increased by the interest costs on the lease liabilities and 
decreased by lease payments made.

Where a lease is not captured by IFRS 16 ‘Leases’, the total rentals payable under the lease are 
charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The aggregate 
benefit of lease incentives is recognised as a reduction of the rental expense over the lease 
term on a straight-line basis. The land and buildings elements of property leases are 
considered separately for the purposes of lease classification.

Subleases
The Group acts as a lessor where premises have been sublet to an external third party. 
Accordingly, the right-of-use asset has been derecognised and instead a lease receivable 
recognised determined with reference to the net present value of the future lease payments 
receivable from the tenant. Finance income is then recognised over the lease term.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and short-term deposits. Cash and cash 
equivalents and bank overdrafts are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset.

Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Group’s statement of financial 
position when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

For financial instruments measured using amortised cost measurement (that is, financial 
instruments classified as amortised cost and debt financial assets classified as FVOCI), 
changes to the basis for determining the contractual cash flows required by interest rate 
benchmark reform are reflected by adjusting their effective interest rate. No immediate 
gain or loss is recognised. A similar practical expedient exists for lease liabilities. 

The amendments have no material impact on the Group’s financial instruments. 
Comparative amounts have not been restated, and there was no impact on the current 
period opening reserves amounts on adoption.

Financial assets
They arise principally through the provision of goods and services to customers (trade 
receivables), but also incorporate other types of contractual monetary assets. They are 
initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to their 
acquisition or issue and are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective 
interest rate method, less provision for impairment.

Impairment provisions are recognised when there is objective evidence (such as significant 
financial difficulties on the part of the counterparty or default or significant delay in payment) 
that the Group will be unable to collect all of the amounts due, the amount of such a provision 
being the difference between the net carrying amount and the present value of the future 
expected cash flows associated with the impaired receivable. For trade receivables, which are 
reported net, such provisions are recorded in a separate allowance account with the loss being 
recognised within administrative expenses in the income statement. On confirmation that the 
trade receivable will not be collectable, the gross carrying value of the asset is written off 
against the associated provision.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements		
		
93

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

1. Accounting policies continued 
Financial instruments continued
Financial liabilities
Borrowings consisting of interest-bearing secured and unsecured loans and overdrafts are 
initially recognised at fair value net of directly attributable transaction costs incurred and 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The difference 
between the proceeds received net of transaction costs and the redemption amount is 
amortised over the period of the borrowings to which they relate. The revolving credit facility 
is considered to be a long-term loan.

Trade and other payables are initially recognised at their nominal value, which is usually the 
original invoiced amount. 

Share capital
Equity instruments issued by the Group are recorded at the amount of the proceeds received, 
net of direct issuance costs.

Executive Share Option Plan (‘ESOP’)
As the Company is deemed to have control of its ESOP trust, it is treated as a subsidiary and 
consolidated for the purposes of the Group financial statements. The ESOP’s assets (other 
than investments in the Company’s shares), liabilities, income and expenses are included on a 
line-by-line basis in the Group financial statements. The ESOP’s investment in the Company’s 
shares is deducted from shareholders’ equity in the Group statement of financial position as if 
they were treasury shares.

Share-based payments
Where equity-settled share options are awarded to employees, the fair value of the options  
at the date of grant is charged to the income statement over the vesting period with a 
corresponding increase recognised in retained earnings. Fair value is measured using an 
appropriate valuation model. Non-market vesting conditions are taken into account by 
adjusting the number of equity investments expected to vest at each year-end date so that, 
ultimately, the cumulative amount recognised over the vesting period is based on the number 
of options that eventually vest. A charge is made irrespective of whether the market vesting 
conditions are satisfied. The cumulative expense is not adjusted for failure to achieve a market 
vesting condition.

Where there are modifications to share-based payments that are beneficial to the employee, 
then as well as continuing to recognise the original share-based payment charge, the 
incremental fair value of the modified share options as identified at the date of the 
modification is also charged to the income statement over the remaining vesting period. 
Where the Group cancels share options and identifies replacement options, this arrangement 
is also accounted for as a modification.

The grant by the Company of options over its equity instruments to the employees of 
subsidiary undertakings in the Group is treated as a capital contribution. 

The fair value of employee services received, measured by reference to the grant date fair 
value, is recognised over the vesting period as an increase to investment in subsidiary 
undertakings, with a corresponding credit to equity in the parent entity financial statements.

Provisions
Provisions, including provisions for onerous lease costs, are recognised when the Group has  
a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an 
outflow of resources will be required to settle that obligation and the amount can be reliably 
estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses.

Provisions are measured at the Directors’ best estimate of the expenditure required to settle 
the obligation at the year-end date. If the effect of the time value of money is material, 
provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate 
which reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and, where 
appropriate, the risks specific to the obligations.

Retirement benefits
For defined contribution pension schemes, the Group pays contributions to privately 
administered pension plans on a voluntary basis. The Group has no further payment 
obligations once the contributions have been paid. Contributions are charged to the income 
statement in the year to which they relate.

Dividend distribution
Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the Group’s 
financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved by the Company’s 
shareholders.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements94

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

1. Accounting policies continued 
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Directors have made certain 
estimates and judgements relating to the reporting of results of operations and the financial 
position of the Group. Actual results may significantly differ from those estimates, often as a 
result of the need to make assumptions about matters which are uncertain. The estimates 
and judgements discussed below are considered by the Directors to be those that have a 
critical accounting impact to the Group’s financial statements.

Critical accounting estimates include the terminal growth rate used in impairment 
assessments, inputs to share option accounting fair value models and amounts to capitalise as 
intangible assets. These estimates are reached with reference to historical experience, 
supporting detailed analysis and, in the case of impairment assessments and share option 
accounting, external economic factors. 

Critical accounting judgements include the treatment of events after the reporting period as 
adjusting or non-adjusting and the determination of segments for segmental reporting, based 
on the reports reviewed by the Executive Directors that are used to make strategic decisions. 
These judgements are determined at a Board level based on the status of strategic initiatives 
of the Group.

Carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets
Impairment testing requires management to estimate the value-in-use of the cash-generating 
units to which goodwill and other intangible assets have been allocated. The value-in-use 
calculation requires estimation of future cash flows expected to arise from the 
cash-generating unit and the application of a suitable discount rate in order to calculate 
present value. The sensitivity around the selection of particular assumptions including growth 
forecasts and the pre-tax discount rate used in management’s cash flow projections could 
significantly affect the Group’s impairment evaluation and therefore the Group’s reported 
assets and results. 

Further details, including a sensitivity analysis, are included in notes 10 and 11 to the 
financial statements.

Contingent consideration
The Group has recorded liabilities for contingent consideration on acquisitions made in the 
current and prior periods. The calculation of the contingent consideration liability requires 
judgements to be made regarding the forecast future performance of these businesses 
for the earn-out period. 

Any changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration after the measurement period 
are recognised in the income statement within administrative expenses as a highlighted item. 
In calculating the post-date remuneration in respect of Digital Decisions, management have 
estimated the expected pay out under the agreement based on certain assumptions that could 
give rise to a material difference should those assumptions change within the next 12 months.

Taxation
The Group is subject to income taxes in all the territories in which it operates, and judgement 
and estimates of future profitability are required to determine the Group’s deferred tax 
position. If the final tax outcome is different to that assumed, resulting changes will be 
reflected in the income statement, unless the tax relates to an item charged to equity, in which 
case the changes in the tax estimates will also be reflected in equity. The Group believes that 
its accruals for tax liabilities are adequate for all open audit years based on its assessment of 
many factors including past experience and interpretations of tax law. This assessment relies 
on estimates and assumptions and may involve a series of complex judgements about future 
events. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the 
amounts recorded, such differences will impact income tax expense in the period in which 
such determination is made.

Provisions
The Group provides for certain costs of reorganisation that has occurred due to the Group’s 
acquisition and disposal activity. When the final amount payable is uncertain, these are 
classified as provisions. These provisions are based on the best estimates of management.

Adoption of new standards and interpretations
The Group has applied the following standards and amendments for the first time for the 
annual reporting period commencing 1 January 2021:

Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 9 and IFRS 7 and IFRS as 
issued in August 2020. In accordance with the transition provisions, the amendments have 
been adopted retrospectively to hedging relationships and financial instruments; and

		 Covid-19-related Rent Concessions – amendments to IFRS 16. 

The amendments listed above did not have any impact on the amounts recognised in prior 
periods and are not expected to significantly affect the current or future periods.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements		
95

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

2. Segmental reporting
In accordance with IFRS 8, the Group’s operating segments are based on the reports reviewed 
by the Executive Directors that are used to make strategic decisions.

Certain operating segments have been aggregated to form two reportable segments: 
Media and Analytics & Tech:

		 Media includes our media performance, media management and contract compliance 

services; and

		 Analytics & Tech consists of our Advanced Analytics, MarTech and AdTech services. 

The Executive Directors are the Group’s chief operating decision-maker. They assess the 
performance of the operating segments based on operating profit before highlighted items. 
This measurement basis excludes the effects of non-recurring expenditure from the operating 
segments such as restructuring costs and purchased intangible amortisation. The measure 
also excludes the effects of equity-settled share-based payments. Interest income and 
expenditure are not allocated to segments, as this type of activity is driven by the central 
treasury function, which manages the cash position of the Group.

1. Accounting policies continued 
Adoption of new standards and interpretations continued
For financial instruments measured using amortised cost measurement (that is, financial 
instruments classified as amortised cost and debt financial assets classified as FVOCI), 
changes to the basis for determining the contractual cash flows required by interest rate 
benchmark reform are reflected by adjusting their effective interest rate. No immediate gain 
or loss is recognised. A similar practical expedient exists for lease liabilities. 

The amendments have no material impact on the Group’s financial instruments. Comparative 
amounts have not been restated, and there was no impact on the current period opening 
reserves amounts on adoption.

The following new standards have been published that are mandatory to the Group’s future 
accounting periods but have not been adopted early in these financial statements:

		 Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before intended use – amendments to IAS 16;

		 Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract – amendments to IAS 37;

		 Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020 Cycle effective on or after 

1 January 2022;

		 Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current – Amendments to IAS 1 1 January 2023 

(deferred from 1 January 2022);

		 Disclosure of Accounting Policies – Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2 

effective on or after 1 January 2023;

		 Definition of Accounting Estimates – Amendments to IAS 8 effective on or after 

1 January 2023;

		 Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction – 

Amendments to IAS 12 effective on or after 1 January 2023; and

		 Sale or contribution of assets between an investor and its associate or joint venture –

Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 effective on or after 1 January 2023.

The adoption of the standards listed above is not expected to significantly affect 
future periods.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements96

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

2. Segmental reporting continued
The segment information provided to the Executive Directors for the reportable segments for the year ended 31 December 2021 is as follows:

Year ended/as at 31 December 2021

Revenue 

Operating profit/(loss) before highlighted items

Total assets 

Unsatisfied long-term contracts
The following table shows unsatisfied performance obligations results from long-term contracts:

Media 
£’000

52,841

10,083

62,829

Analytics 
& Tech 
£’000

10,250

1,391

9,799

Reportable
segments 
£’000

63,091

11,474

72,628

Unallocated
£’000

—

(6,737)

2,883

Total 
£’000

63,091

4,737

75,511

Aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to long-term contracts that are partially or fully unsatisfied as at 31 December 2021

Year ended 
31 December
2021 
£’000

Year ended 
31 December
2020 
£’000

1,070

866

It is expected that 95% of the transaction price allocated to the unsatisfied contracts as of 31 December 2021 will be recognised during the next reporting period (31 December 2020: 94%); 
the remaining 5% will be recognised in the 2022 financial year (31 December 2020: 6% to be recognised in 2021).

Significant changes in contract assets and liabilities
Contract assets have decreased from £6,563,000 to £5,172,000 and contract liabilities have increased from £4,498,000 to £5,307,000 from 31 December 2020 to 31 December 2021. 
The reduced contract assets is a result of clients paying more in advance; this is reflected in an increase in contract liabilities.

Year ended/as at 31 December 2020

Revenue 

Operating profit/(loss) before highlighted items

Total assets 

Media 
£’000

46,042

6,770

67,659

Analytics 
& Tech 
£’000

Reportable
segments 
£’000

Unallocated
£’000

9,865

(692)

9,838

55,907

6,078

77,497

—

(6,412)

2,435

Total 
£’000

55,907

(334)

79,932

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements97

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

2. Segmental reporting continued
A reconciliation of segment operating profit before highlighted items to total profit before tax is provided below:

Reportable segment operating profit before highlighted items

Unallocated (costs)/income1:

Staff costs 

Property costs 

Exchange rate movements

Other administrative expenses

Operating (loss)/profit before highlighted items

Highlighted items (note 3)

Operating loss 

Net finance costs

Loss before tax

1.  Unallocated (costs)/income comprise central costs that are not considered attributable to the segments.

Year ended 
31 December
2021 
£’000

Year ended 
31 December
2020 
£’000

11,474

6,078

(3,805)

(1,457)

(22)

(1,453)

4,737

(9,815)

(5,078)

(633)

(5,711)

(3,480)

(1,595)

181

(1,518)

(334)

(2,541)

(2,875)

(1,012)

(3,887)

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
98

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

2. Segmental reporting continued
A reconciliation of segment total assets to total consolidated assets is provided below:

Total assets for reportable segments

Unallocated amounts: 

Other intangible assets

Other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Deferred tax asset

Total assets 

The table below presents revenue and non-current assets by geographical location:

United Kingdom

Rest of Europe 

North America 

Rest of world 

Deferred tax assets

Total 

No single customer (or group of related customers) contributes 10% or more of revenue.

Year ended 
31 December
2021 
£’000

Year ended 
31 December
2020 
£’000

72,628

77,497

187

964

1,147

585

388

1,291

420

336

75,511

79,932

Year ended/as at 
31 December 2021

Year ended/as at 
31 December 2020

Revenue by
location of
customers 
£’000

Non‑current
assets
 £’000

Revenue by
location of
customers 
£’000

Non-current
assets
 £’000

31,532

18,102

5,565

7,892

63,091

—

63,091

19,922

10,797

2,342

5,848

38,909

1,388

40,297

29,083

15,999

4,671

6,154

55,907

—

55,907

21,684

12,424

2,721

6,348

43,177

1,145

44,322

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
99

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

3. Highlighted items
Highlighted items comprise items which are highlighted in the income statement because separate disclosure is considered relevant in understanding the underlying performance of 
the business.

Year ended 31 December 2021

Year ended 31 December 2020

Administrative expenses

Share option charge/(credit)

Amortisation of purchased intangibles

Impairment of goodwill

Severance and reorganisation costs

Acquisition, integration and strategic/(income)

Total highlighted items before tax

Taxation (credit)/charge

Total highlighted items after tax – continuing operations

Highlighted items – discontinued operations

Total highlighted items

Cash 
£’000

Non‑cash 
£’000

140

—

—

87

308

535

(64)

471

—

471

319

1,065

—

—

7,896

9,280

(467)

8,813

—

8,813

Total 
£’000

459

1,065

—

87

8,204

9,815

(531)

9,284

—

9,284

Cash 
£’000

Non-cash 
£’000

(61)

—

—

1,194

809

1,942

(289)

1,653

(220)

1,433

(1,845)

1,122

817

315

190

599

113

712

—

712

Total 
£’000

(1,906)

1,122

817

1,509

999

2,541

(176)

2,365

(220)

2,145

Share option charges include the non-cash IFRS 2 charge of £319,000 (31 December 2020: credit of £1,845,000) along with the cash element in relation to the exercising of share options, 
a charge of £140,000 (31 December 2020: credit of £61,000). The IFRS 2 credit arose in the prior period predominantly due to the lapse of 4,200,000 options awarded under the Executive 
Incentive Plan in 2010 as the current share price was below the exercise price.

Amortisation of purchased intangibles relates to acquisitions made in the current financial year of £nil and to acquisitions made in prior years of £1,065,000 (31 December 2020: £nil in the 
current financial year and £1,122,000 in prior years). Separate disclosure is considered relevant because amortisation of purchased intangibles has no correlation to underlying profitability 
of the Group.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements100 Ebiquity plc  

Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

3. Highlighted items continued
Impairment of goodwill and intangibles of £nil (31 December 2020: £817,000) has been 
recognised in the year. The impairment in the prior year is in relation to the impairment of 
goodwill in Digital Balance Australia Pty Limited. The impairment was determined by the 
excess of the carrying value of goodwill and purchased intangibles over and above the 
calculated value-in-use.

Total severance and reorganisation costs of £87,000 (31 December 2020: £1,509,000) 
were recognised during the year, relating to severances in the UK as part of management 
restructure. Separate disclosure is considered relevant as these charges are non-recurring 
and not reflective of the underlying operating costs of the business.

Total acquisition, integration and strategic costs of £8,204,000 (31 December 2020: 
£999,000) were recognised during the year. These predominantly relate to an accrual for 
post-date remuneration of £7,922,000 (31 December 2020: £nil) payable in 2023, relating 
to the acquisition of Digital Decisions BV in 2020. Costs of £112,000 (31 December 2020: 
£56,000) were also recognised in relation to acquisitions. A £110,000 severance cost 
was incurred relating to the previous directors of Ebiquity Italy Media Advisor S.r.l. 

A further £44,000 (31 December 2020: £80,000) was incurred in relation to financing 
restructuring. In addition, £15,000 (31 December 2020: £791,000) was incurred relating to the 
upward revision of the amounts payable on prior year acquisitions and adjustment to the fair 
value of contingent consideration to the latest prevailing exchange rates. 

In the prior year, costs of £72,000 were recognised in relation to the Chicago sublease 
arrangement. Separate disclosure is considered relevant as these charges are non-recurring 
and not reflective of the underlying operating costs of the business.

Current tax arising on the highlighted items is included as a cash item, while deferred tax on 
highlighted items is included as a non-cash item. Refer to note 7 for more detail.

As at 31 December 2021, £397,000 of the £535,000 cash highlighted items had been settled 
(31 December 2020: £1,314,000 of the £1,942,000 cash highlighted items had been settled).

4. Operating loss after highlighted items 
Operating loss after highlighted items is stated after charging/(crediting):

Operating lease rentals

– other 

– land and buildings

Year ended 
31 December
2021 
£’000

Year ended 
31 December
2020 
£’000

48

—

38

35

Depreciation and amortisation (notes 11, 12 and 13)

5,104

4,848

Impairment of goodwill (note 10)

Impairment of intangibles (note 11)

Contingent consideration revaluations (note 3)

Income on transitional services agreement 

Write down of accrued income

(Gain)/loss on disposal of fixed assets 

Research costs – expensed

Foreign exchange loss

—

—

84

—

—

3

238

652

817

—

791

(223)

284

(3)

173

64

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements101

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

4. Operating loss after highlighted items continued
Auditors’ remuneration
During the year, the Group (including its overseas subsidiaries) obtained the following services 
from the Group’s auditors at costs as detailed below:

Year ended 
31 December
2021 
£’000

Year ended 
31 December
2020 
£’000

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for the audit of the 
parent company and consolidated financial statements

330

350

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors and its 
associates for other services:

– other audit-related assurance services

– other assurance services

– tax compliance services

50

8

23

411

50

—

22

422

5. Employee information
The monthly average number of employees employed by the Group during the year, including 
Executive Directors, was as follows:

Media  

Analytics & Tech

IT development and support

Administration

Directors 

Year ended 
31 December
2021 
Number

Year ended 
31 December
2020 
Number

337

92

28

80

7

544

322

133

23

75

7

560

At 31 December 2021, the total number of employees of the Group was 553 
(31 December 2020: 550).

Staff costs for all employees, including Executive Directors, consist of:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Share options charge/(credit) (note 24)

Total staff costs

Year ended 
31 December
2021 
£’000

Year ended 
31 December
2020 
£’000

32,503

4,570

1,015

319

38,407

31,494

3,704

1,124

(1,845)

34,477

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements102

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

5. Employee information continued
Directors’ remuneration
Total Directors’ remuneration was £1,142,000, including £574,000 to the highest paid Director 
(31 December 2020: £723,000 including £262,000 to the highest paid Director). Directors are 
eligible for cash bonuses as a percentage of base salary, dependent on individual and 
Company performance against established financial targets. £100,000 performance bonuses 
were paid during the year (31 December 2020: £nil). No retention bonuses were payable to any 
Directors (31 December 2020: £nil).

No Directors were a member of a Company pension scheme as at 31 December 2021 
(31 December 2020: none). Contributions totalling £6,000 (31 December 2020: £nil) were 
made to Directors’ private pension schemes during the year, including £6,000 to the highest 
paid Director (31 December 2020: £nil).

No Directors exercised share options during the year (31 December 2020: nil). The highest paid 
Director exercised no share options (31 December 2020: nil).

During the year, nil (31 December 2020: nil) share options were granted to Directors under the 
Group’s Executive Incentive Plan scheme. Vesting is subject to the satisfaction of certain 
performance criteria (see note 24 for further details).

Further details on Directors’ remuneration can be found in the Remuneration Committee 
report on pages 63 to 67.

6. Finance income and expenses

Finance income

Bank interest 

Lease receivables interest

Finance income

Finance expenses

Bank loans and overdraft interest

Loan fee amortisation

Lease liabilities’ interest

Finance expenses

Year ended 
31 December
2021 
£’000

Year ended 
31 December
2020 
£’000

7

13

20

(603)

(57)

(222)

(882)

13

26

39

(582)

(48)

(284)

(914)

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements103

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

7. Taxation charge/(credit)

UK tax 

Current year 

Adjustment in respect of prior years

Foreign tax 

Current year 

Adjustment in respect of prior years

Total current tax

Deferred tax 

Origination and reversal of temporary differences (note 21)

Adjustment in respect of prior years

Total tax charge/(credit)

Year ended 31 December 2021

Year ended 31 December 2020

Before
highlighted 
items 
£’000

Highlighted 
items 
£’000

(30)

52

22

1,363

(9)

1,354

1,376

376

(15)

1,737

(42)

—

(42)

(22)

—

(22)

(64)

(467)

—

(531)

Before
highlighted 
items 
£’000

Highlighted 
items 
£’000

(20)

(309)

(329)

686

(77)

609

280

(186)

(68)

26

(82)

—

(82)

(207)

—

(207)

(289)

113

—

(176)

Total 
£’000

(72)

52

(20)

1,341

(9)

1,332

1,312

(91)

(15)

1,206

Total 
£’000

(102)

(309)

(411)

479

(78)

401

(10)

(73)

(67)

(150)

The difference between tax as charged/(credited) in the financial statements and tax at the nominal rate is explained below:

Loss before tax

Corporation tax at 19.00% (31 December 2020: 19.00%)

Non-deductible taxable expenses

Overseas tax rate differential

Overseas (gains)/losses not recognised

Losses utilised not previously recognised

Adjustment in respect of prior years

Total tax (credit)/charge

Year ended 
31 December
2021 
£’000

(5,711)

(1,085)

3,598

354

(1,340)

(349)

28

1,206

Year ended 
31 December
2020 
£’000

(3,887)

(739)

1,605

117

(460)

1

(674)

(150)

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements104

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

7. Taxation charge/(credit) continued
Following the Budget on 31 March 2021, the corporation tax rate effective from 1 April 2021 and 1 April 2022 will remain at 19%. This supersedes the announcement on 6 September 2016 which 
detailed a reduction to 17% from 1 April 2020. The 2021 Budget detailed an increase in the corporation tax rate from 1 April 2023 to 25%, this was substantially enacted on 10 June 2021.

The table below shows a reconciliation of the current tax liability for each year end:

At 1 January 2020

Corporation tax payments

Corporation tax refunds

Withholding tax

Under-provision in relation to prior years

Provision for the year ended 31 December 2020

Foreign exchange 

At 31 December 2020

Corporation tax payments

Corporation tax refunds

Withholding tax

Under-provision in relation to prior years

Provision for the year ended 31 December 2021

Foreign exchange 

At 31 December 2021

8. Discontinued operations
No operations were discontinued in the year to 31 December 2021.

£’000

4,152

(2,476)

191

(25)

(220)

(10)

91

1,703

(2,616)

124

(47)

43

1,264

(97)

374

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements105

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

9. Earnings per share
The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:

Earnings for the purpose of basic earnings per share,  
being net (loss)/profit attributable to equity holders of the parent

Adjustments: 

Impact of highlighted items (net of tax)1

Earnings for the purpose of underlying earnings per share

Number of shares:

Weighted average number of shares during the year

– basic 

– dilutive effect of share options

– diluted 

Basic (loss)/earnings per share 

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share 

Underlying basic earnings per share

Underlying diluted earnings per share

1.  Highlighted items attributable to equity holders of the parent (see note 3), stated net of their total tax impact. 

Year ended 31 December 2021

Year ended 31 December 2020

Continuing 
£’000

Discontinued
£’000

Total 
£’000

Continuing 
£’000

Discontinued
£’000

Total 
£’000

(7,032)

9,284

2,252

82,627,526

2,483,339

85,110,865

(8.51)p

(8.51)p

2.72p

2.67p

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(7,032)

(3,923)

220

(3,703)

9,284

2,252

2,354

(1,569)

(220)

—

2,134

(1,569)

82,627,526

81,571,242

81,571,242

81,571,242

2,483,339

528,254

528,254

528,254

85,110,865

82,099,496

82,099,496

82,099,496

(8.51)p

(8.51)p

2.72p

2.67p

(4.81)p

(4.81)p

(1.92)p

(1.92)p

0.27p

0.27p

—

—

(4.54)p

(4.54)p

(1.92)p

(1.92)p

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements106

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

10. Goodwill

Cost 

At 1 January 2020

Acquisitions 

Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2020

Acquisitions 

Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2021

Accumulated impairment

At 1 January 2020 

Impairment 

Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2020

Impairment 

Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2021

Net book value

At 31 December 2021

At 31 December 2020

Goodwill has been allocated to the following segments:

Media  

Analytics & Tech

£’000

36,749

484

518

37,751

—

(447)

37,304

(8,340)

(817)

(31)

(9,188)

—

56

FirmDecisions 

Media Australia

China 

Effectiveness 

Digital Balance

Media America

Media France 

(9,132)

Media Italy 

Russia 

The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment or more frequently if there are indications 
that goodwill may be potentially impaired. Goodwill is allocated to the Group’s 
cash-generating units (‘CGUs’) in order to carry out impairment tests. The Group’s remaining 
carrying value of goodwill by CGU at 31 December was as follows: 

Cash-generating unit

Reporting segment

Media UK and International

Digital Decisions

Media Germany

Media

Media

Media

Media Value Group

Media/Analytics & Tech

31 December
2021 
£’000

31 December
2020 
£’000

9,232

477

4,316

2,994

2,981

2,304

2,287

1,678

30

604

556

376

337

9,261

507

4,327

3,187

2,981

2,422

2,256

1,678

30

604

571

401

337

Media

Media

Media

Analytics & Tech

Analytics & Tech

Media

Media

Media

Media

The impairment test involves comparing the carrying value of the CGU to which the goodwill 
has been allocated to the recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of all CGUs has been 
determined based on value-in-use calculations.

Under IFRS, an impairment charge is required for goodwill when the carrying amount exceeds 
the recoverable amount, defined as the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value-in-use. 

28,172

28,563

28,172

28,563

31 December
2021 
£’000

31 December
2020 
£’000

26,464

1,708

28,172

26,855

1,708

28,563

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements107

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

10. Goodwill continued
Value-in-use calculations
The key assumptions used in management’s value-in-use calculations are budgeted operating profit, pre-tax discount rate and the long-term growth rate. 

Budgeted operating profit assumptions
To calculate future expected cash flows, management has taken the Board-approved budgeted operating profit (‘EBIT’) for each of the CGUs for the 2022 financial year.

For the 2023 and 2024 financial years, the forecast EBIT is as per management and market expectations. The forecast 2024 balances are taken to perpetuity in the model. The forecast for 
2023 and 2024 uses certain assumptions to forecast revenue and operating costs within the Group’s operating segments beyond the 2022 budget.

Discount rate assumptions
The Directors estimate discount rates using rates that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money and risk specific to the CGUs. The three-year pre-tax cash flow forecasts 
have been discounted at between 10% and 13% (31 December 2020: between 10% and 11%).

Growth rate assumptions
Cash flows beyond the three-year period are extrapolated at a rate of 2.00% (31 December 2020: 2.00%) for all CGUs with the exception of China where a rate of 2.60% has been applied, 
which does not exceed the long-term average growth rate in any of the markets in which the Group operates.

The excess of the value-in-use to the goodwill carrying values for each CGU gives the level of headroom in each CGU. The estimated recoverable amounts of the Group’s operations in all CGUs 
significantly exceed their carrying values, with the exception of the China and Media America CGUs.

Sensitivity analysis
The Group’s calculations of value-in-use for its respective CGUs are sensitive to a number of key assumptions. Other than disclosed below, management does not consider a reasonable possible 
change, in isolation, of any of the key assumptions to cause the carrying value of any CGU to exceed its value-in-use. The considerations underpinning why management believes no impairment 
is required in respect of China, Media America and FirmDecisions are as follows, specifically what change in key assumptions would result in an impairment:

Budgeted revenue growth

Budgeted cost growth

Pre-tax discount rate

China

Media America

FirmDecisions

Current %
 (2022/2023/2024)

% change 
leading to
impairment

Current %
 (2022/2023/2024)

% change 
leading to
impairment

Current %
 (2022/2023/2024)

% change 
leading to
impairment

17%/10%/5% (5)%/(5)%/(7)%

45%/25%/15% (9)%/(13)%/(13)%

31%/7%/5%

(6)%/(7)%/(8)%

10%/5%/5%

6%/5%/7%

35%/7%/5%

11%/13%/14%

6%/5%/2%

7%/8%/8%

11%/11%/11%

3%

12%/12%/12%

18%

12%/12%/12%

15%

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements108

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

11. Other intangible assets

Cost 

At 1 January 2020

Additions 

Acquisitions 

Disposals1 

Foreign exchange 
differences

At 31 December 2020

Additions 

Acquisitions 

Disposals 

Foreign exchange 
differences

At 31 December 2021

Capitalised
development
costs 
£’000

Computer
software 
£’000

Purchased
intangible 
assets1
 £’000

Total 
intangible 
assets 
£’000

4,034

1,226

—

(460)

91

4,891

970

—

(902)

(60)

4,899

2,525

16,165

4

—

(10)

23

2,542

13

—

—

(34)

2,521

—

70

—

346

16,581

—

—

—

(318)

16,263

22,724

1,230

70

(470)

460

24,014

983

—

(902)

(412)

23,683

Amortisation and 
impairment2

At 1 January 2020

Charge for the year3

Disposals 

Foreign exchange 
differences

At 31 December 2020

Charge for the year3

Disposals 

Foreign exchange 
differences

Capitalised
development
costs 
£’000

Computer
software 
£’000

Purchased
intangible 
assets1
 £’000

Total 
intangible 
assets 
£’000

(1,471)

(685)

460

(49)

(1,745)

(1,218)

902

39

(1,853)

(280)

10

(24)

(2,147)

(211)

—

33

(12,637)

(1,122)

—

(228)

(13,987)

(1,065)

—

244

(15,961)

(2,087)

470

(301)

(17,879)

(2,494)

902

316

At 31 December 2021

(2,022)

(2,325)

(14,808)

(19,155)

Net book value

At 31 December 2021

At 31 December 20204 

2,877

3,146

196

395

1,455

2,594

4,528

6,135

1.  Purchased intangible assets consist principally of customer relationships with a typical useful life of eight to 10 years.

2.  No impairment charge has been recognised in the current year (year ended 31 December 2020: £nil following 

management’s review of the carrying value of other intangible assets).

3.  Amortisation is charged within administrative expenses so as to write off the cost of the intangible assets over their 
estimated useful lives. The amortisation of purchased intangible assets is included as a highlighted administrative 
expense.

4.  Of the net book value of capitalised development costs, £2,165,000 remains in development at 31 December 2021.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements109

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

12. Property, plant and equipment

Cost 

At 1 January 2020

Additions 

Acquisitions1 

Allocations 

Disposals 

Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2020

Additions 

Disposals 

Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2021

1.  Certain assets were acquired as part of the Digital Decisions acquisition.

Motor 
vehicles
£’000

Fixtures, 
fittings and 
equipment
£’000

Computer
equipment 
£’000

Leasehold land
and buildings
improvements
£’000

Total 
£’000

36

—

—

—

(17)

1

20

21

(18)

(2)

21

1,016

1,834

2,047

4,933

13

12

30

(84)

35

98

7

(2)

(115)

66

—

—

(28)

—

27

1,022

1,888

2,046

7

(69)

(45)

915

192

(52)

(65)

13

(25)

(30)

1,963

2,004

4,903

111

19

—

(216)

129

4,976

233

(164)

(142)

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements110

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

12. Property, plant and equipment continued

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2020

Charge for the year

Acquisitions 

Allocation 

Disposals 

Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2020

Charge for the year

Disposals 

Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2021

Net book value

At 31 December 2021

At 31 December 2020

Motor 
vehicles
£’000

Fixtures, 
fittings and 
equipment
£’000

Computer
equipment 
£’000

Leasehold land
and buildings
improvements
£’000

Total 
£’000

(2,370)

(735)

(3)

—

192

(98)

(3,014)

(655)

149

129

(564)

(157)

(2)

(1)

36

(22)

(710)

(115)

67

45

(1,204)

(254)

(1)

—

151

(57)

(1,365)

(234)

42

57

(587)

(319)

—

1

—

(19)

(924)

(303)

25

25

(713)

(1,500)

(1,177)

(3,391)

202

312

464

523

827

1,122

1,512

1,962

(15)

(5)

—

—

5

—

(15)

(3)

15

2

(1)

20

5

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements111

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

13. Right‑of‑use assets and lease liabilities
Right-of-use assets

Buildings
 £’000

Equipment 
£’000

Vehicles
 £’000

Total 
£’000

Accumulated depreciation

Buildings
 £’000

Equipment 
£’000

Vehicles
 £’000

Cost 

At 1 January 2020

Additions 

Disposals 

Allocations 

Reclassification to lease 
receivables

Foreign exchange

At 31 December 2020

Additions 

Disposals 

Foreign exchange

At 31 December 2021

10,317

568

(331)

324

(1,113)

24

9,789

474

(210)

(167)

9,886

200

22

(10)

—

—

17

229

—

—

(33)

196

59

115

(12)

—

—

(9)

153

—

—

13

166

10,576

705

(353)

324

(1,113)

32

10,171

474

(210)

(187)

10,248

At 1 January 2020

Charge for the year 

Disposals 

Allocations 

Reclassification to lease 
receivables

Impairment for the year

Foreign exchange

At 31 December 2020

Charge for the year 

Disposals 

Foreign exchange

(2,209)

(1,942)

136

(324)

558

(24)

—

(3,805)

(1,865)

96

65

At 31 December 2021

(5,509)

Net book value

At 31 December 2021

At 31 December 2020

 4,377 

5,984 

(15)

(50)

10

—

—

—

(44)

(99)

(42)

—

24

(117)

 79 

130 

(13)

(34)

12

—

—

—

5

(30)

(47)

—

(3)

(80)

 86 

123 

Total 
£’000

(2,237)

(2,026)

158

(324)

558

(24)

(39)

(3,934)

(1,954)

96

86

(5,706)

 4,542 

6,237

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements112

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

13. Right‑of‑use assets and lease liabilities continued
Lease liabilities

Buildings
 £’000

Equipment 
£’000

The present value of the minimum lease payments are as follows:

Vehicles
 £’000

Total 
£’000

Cost 

At 1 January 2020

Additions 

Disposals 

Cash payments in the year

Interest charge in the year

Foreign exchange

At 31 December 2020

Additions 

Cash payments in the year

Interest charge in the year

Foreign exchange

At 31 December 2021

Current 

Non-current 

9,380

568

(131)

(2,192)

277

(44)

7,858

412

(2,180)

216

(95)

6,211

 2,486 

 3,725 

169

22

—

(58)

6

35 

174

—

(49)

3

(41)

87

 43 

 44 

41

115

—

(19)

1

(12)

126

—

(45)

3

9

93

 37 

 56 

9,590

Amounts due: 

705

(131)

Within one year

Between one and two years

(2,269)

Between two and three years

284

Between three and four years

(21)

Between four and five years

8,158

Later than five years

412

(2,274)

222

(127)

6,391

 2,566 

 3,825 

Lease receivables

Lease receivables

Current  

Non-current 

Minimum lease payments

31 December
2021 
£’000

31 December
2020 
£’000

 2,722 

 2,038 

 913 

 597 

 446 

—

6,716

2,556 

2,219 

 1,946 

917 

 609 

 454 

8,701

31 December
2021 
£’000

31 December
2020 
£’000

301

146

155

451

171

280

In the prior year a sublease arrangement was entered into relating to the Chicago office lease. 
Accordingly, the right-of-use asset was derecognised and instead a lease receivable was 
recognised, being the equivalent of the remaining lease receivables over the lease term. 
The amount due within one year is presented within current assets and the amount due 
after one year is presented within non-current assets. The sublease arrangement expires in 
September 2023.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
113

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

14. Subsidiaries
Details of the Company’s subsidiaries are set out below.
Proportion of
nominal value 
of issued
 ordinary
 shares held

Subsidiary undertaking

Adtrack Limited

AMMO Limited 

Axiology Limited 

Barsby Rowe Limited

BCMG Acquisitions Limited 

BCMG Limited  

Billetts Consulting Limited 

Billetts International Limited 

Billetts Limited 

Billetts Marketing Investment 
Management Limited

Billetts Marketing Sciences Limited

Billetts Media Consulting Limited

Brief Information Limited 

Checking Advertising Services Limited 

China Media (Shanghai) Management 
Consulting Company Limited2

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

100%

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

100% 

100%1 

Data Management  
Services Group Limited 

Digital Balance Australia  
Pty Limited2

Digireels Limited 

Digital Decisions BV2

UK

UK 

UK 

UK 

UK 

UK 

UK 

UK 

UK 

UK 

UK 

UK 

UK 

UK 

Country of
incorporation

Nature of business

Subsidiary undertaking

Non-trading 

Ebiquity Asia Pacific Limited 

Non-trading 

Ebiquity Associates Limited2

Non-trading 

Ebiquity Germany GmbH2

Non-trading 

Ebiquity Holdings Inc.

Non-trading

Ebiquity Iberia S.L.U.2

Holding company 

Ebiquity Inc.2 

Non-trading 

Ebiquity India Pvt Limited3

Non-trading 

Ebiquity Italy Media Advisor S.r.l.2, 4

Non-trading 

Ebiquity Marsh Limited2

Non-trading 

Non-trading 

Non-trading 

Non-trading

 China  Media consultancy

Ebiquity Pty Limited2

Ebiquity Russia Limited2, 5

Ebiquity Russia OOO2, 5

Ebiquity SAS2 

Ebiquity US Financing Limited 

Ebiquity US Holdings Limited 

Ebiquity US Holdings LLC 

Ebiquity UK Holdings Limited 

Ebiquity UK Limited

100%1 

Australia

Multi-channel
 analytics

Fairbrother Lenz Eley Limited 

Faulkner Group Pty Limited 

100%1 

100%1 

UK 

Non-trading 

FirmDecisions ASJP Germany GmbH2

The
 Netherlands

Media consultancy

FirmDecisions China Limited2

China Media Consulting Group Limited 

100%1 

Hong Kong 

Holding company 

100%1 

UK 

Non-trading 

Proportion of
nominal value 
of issued
 ordinary
 shares held

100%1 

100% 

100%1 

100% 

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

Country of
incorporation

Nature of business

UK 

Holding company

UK  Media consultancy 

Germany  Media consultancy 

US

Holding company 

Spain  Media consultancy 

US  Media consultancy 

India Media consultancy

Italy  Media consultancy 

Ireland Media consultancy

100%1 

Australia Media consultancy

75.05%1

75.05%1

100%1 

100%

100%1 

100%1 

100%

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

UK  Media consultancy 

Russia  Media consultancy

France  Media consultancy 

UK 

UK 

US 

UK 

UK 

UK 

Australia 

Non-trading 

Holding company 

Holding company 

Holding company 

Non-trading 

Non-trading

Non-trading

Germany Media consultancy

China Media consultancy

Non-trading

Ebiquity Pte. Limited2

100%1 

Singapore  Media consultancy 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements114

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

14. Subsidiaries continued

Subsidiary undertaking

FirmDecisions DMCC2

FirmDecisions Group Limited 

FirmDecisions ASJP LLC2

FirmDecisions Pty Limited2

FirmDecisions Iberia S.L.U.2

FirmDecisions Limited2 

FLE Holdings Limited 

Fouberts Place Subsidiary  
No. 4 Limited 

Freshcorp Limited

Mediaadvantage Consulting L.d.a.2 

Nova Vision Europe S.A.

Prominent Pages Limited 

Shots Limited  

Stratigent LLC 

Telefoto Monitoring Services Limited 

The Billett Consultancy Limited

The Communication Trading  
Company Limited 

The Press Advertising Register Limited 

The Register Group Limited 

Worldwide Media Management 
Limited 

Proportion of
nominal value 
of issued
 ordinary
 shares held

100%1 

100%

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

100%

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

100%1 

Country of
incorporation

Nature of business

Subsidiary undertaking

UAE Media consultancy

Xtreme Information Limited 

UK 

Holding company 

US  Media consultancy 

Xtreme Information Services 
(Australia) Pty Limited 

Australia  Media consultancy 

Xtreme Information Services Limited 

Spain Media consultancy

UK  Media consultancy 

Xtreme Information Services SPRL

Xtreme Information (USA) Limited

Proportion of
nominal value 
of issued
 ordinary
 shares held

100%1 

100%1 

100%

100%1 

100%1 

Country of
incorporation

UK 

Australia

Nature of business

Non-trading

Non-trading

UK

Holding company

Belgium

Non-trading 

UK 

Non-trading 

UK 

UK 

UK 

Holding company 

Non-trading

1.  Shares held by an intermediate holding company.

2.  Principal trading entity.

3.  Ebiquity India Pvt Limited became part of the Group in December 2020. 

Non-trading 

4. 

5. 

In February 2020 the Group acquired the outstanding 49% interest in Ebiquity Italy Media Advisor S.r.l. from the 
minority shareholder.

In December 2020 the Group acquired a further 24.95% interest in Ebiquity Russia Limited and Ebiquity Russia OOO 
from one of the minority shareholders.

Portugal  Media consultancy

Belgium 

Non-trading 

UK 

UK 

US 

UK 

UK 

UK 

UK 

UK 

UK 

Non-trading

Non-trading 

Multi-channel
 analytics

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading 

Non-trading 

Non-trading

Non-trading

15. Trade and other receivables

Trade and other receivables due within one year 

Net trade receivables (note 25)

Other receivables 

Prepayments  

Contract assets

31 December
2021 
£’000

31 December
2020 
£’000

14,406

1,688

668

5,172

21,934

15,594

795

1,366

6,563

24,318

The Directors consider that the carrying amounts of trade and other receivables are 
reasonable approximations of their fair value.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements115

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

16. Cash and cash equivalents

31 December
2021 
£’000

31 December
2020 
£’000

18. Accruals and contract liabilities

Cash and cash equivalents

13,134

11,121

Accruals 

Cash and cash equivalents earn interest at between (0.05)% and 2.5%.

Contract liabilities

Cash and cash equivalents include the following for the purposes of the cash flow statement:

31 December
2021 
£’000

31 December
2020 
£’000

14,042

5,308

19,350

5,392

4,498

9,890

Accruals include £7,922,000 for the post-date remuneration payable in 2023 relating to the 
acquisition of Digital Decisions BV. See note 3.

Cash and cash equivalents

Bank overdrafts (note 19)

Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts

17. Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Other taxation and social security

Other payables

31 December
2021 
£’000

31 December
2020 
£’000

13,134

—

13,134

11,121

—

11,121

31 December
2021 
£’000

31 December
2020 
£’000

19. Financial liabilities

Current  

Loan fees1 

Contingent consideration

3,290

2,287

948

6,525

2,047

3,269

780

6,096

Non‑current  

Bank borrowings 

Government borrowings

Loan fees1 

31 December
2021 
£’000

31 December
2020 
£’000

(59)

—

(59)

(45)

1,957

1,912

18,000

19,000

—

(40)

17,960

17,901

750

(75)

19,675

21,587

The Directors consider that the carrying amounts of trade and other payables are reasonable 
approximations of their fair value.

Total financial liabilities 

1.  Loan fees were payable on amending the banking facility and are being recognised in the income statement on a 

straight-line basis to the maturity date of the facility, this being September 2023.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements116

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

19. Financial liabilities continued

At 1 January 2020 

Recognised on revaluation

Paid  

Charged to the income statement 

Discounting charged to the income statement 

Borrowings  

Foreign exchange released to the income statement 

At 31 December 2020

Paid  

Charged to the income statement 

Discounting charged to the income statement 

Borrowings  

Foreign exchange recognised in the translation reserve

Foreign exchange released to the income statement 

At 31 December 2021

A currency analysis for the bank borrowings is shown below:

Pounds sterling

Total bank borrowings

Bank 
overdrafts 
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Bank 
borrowings
£’000

13,832

—

—

48

—

5,000

—

18,880

(1,036)

57

—

—

—

—

17,901

Government
borrowings
£’000

Contingent
consideration
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

750

—

750

—

(723)

—

—

(27)

—

—

14

3,086

(1,934)

625

(44)

—

210

1,957

(1,971)

41

45

—

—

(72)

—

Total 
£’000

13,846

3,086

(1,934)

673

(44)

5,750

210

21,587

(3,007)

(625)

45

—

(27)

(72)

17,901

31 December
2021 
£’000

31 December
2020 
£’000

17,901

17,901

18,880

18,880

All bank borrowings are held jointly with Barclays and NatWest. The committed facility as at 31 December 2021 totalled £24,000,000, comprising a revolving credit facility (‘RCF’) of 
£23,000,000 (of which £18,000,000 was drawn as at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: £19,000,000)) and £1,000,000 available as an overdraft for working capital purposes. 
The RCF had a maturity date of 20 September 2023. Since the year end, the facility has been increased and extended under an agreement dated 24 March 2022. This increased the total 
available to £30,000,000, initially for a period of three years to March 2025 and extendable for up to a further two years. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements117

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

20. Provisions

At 1 January 2020

Discounting charged to the income statement

Utilisation of provision

At 31 December 2020

Discounting charged to the income statement

Utilisation of provision

At 31 December 2021

Current  

Non-current 

Dilapidations1
£’000

687

25

Total 
£’000

687

25

(300)

(300)

412

88

(7)

493

—

493

412

88

(7)

493

—

493

1.  The dilapidations provision relates to the expected costs of vacating various properties. The amount recognised in the 

prior year relates to the newly occupied London office. The provision is expected to be fully utilised by June 2024.

19. Financial liabilities continued
Early repayments will begin from June 2023 onwards at a rate of £1.25 million per annum. 
Apart from this, the drawn RCF and any further drawings under the RCF are repayable on 
maturity of the facility. The facility may be used for deferred consideration payments on past 
acquisitions, to fund future potential acquisitions, and for general working capital 
requirements. 

Loan arrangement fees of £99,000 (31 December 2020: £120,000) are offset against the 
term loan and are being amortised over the period of the loan. £59,000 of loan arrangement 
fees have been included within creditors due within one year and the balancing £40,000 have 
been included within creditors due after more than one year.

The facility bears variable interest of SONIA plus a margin of 2.5%. The margin rate is able to 
be lowered each quarter end depending on the Group’s net debt to EBITDA ratio.

The undrawn amount of the revolving credit facility is liable to a fee of 40% of the prevailing 
margin. The Group may elect to prepay all or part of the outstanding loan subject to a break 
fee, by giving five business days’ notice.

All amounts owing to the bank are guaranteed by way of fixed and floating charges over the 
current and future assets of the Group. As such, a composite guarantee has been given by all 
significant subsidiary companies in the UK, US, Germany and Australia.

Contingent consideration represents additional amounts that are expected to be payable for 
acquisitions made by the Group and is held at fair value at the statement of financial position 
date. All amounts were fully paid in April 2021.

It has been determined that the deferred payments in relation to the acquisition of Digital 
Decisions BV (‘Digital Decisions’) should be treated as post-date remuneration. IFRS 3 
(revised) provides guidance for situations where contingent consideration may be considered 
to be remuneration for post-acquisition employment. Taken in aggregate, these guidelines 
indicate that the contingent payments to the seller (who remains an employee) constitute 
post-date remuneration and they are therefore being accounted for as such. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements118

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

21. Deferred tax

At 1 January 2020

Credit/(charge) to income 

Recognised on acquisition (note 28)

At 31 December 2020 

Credit/(charge) to income 

Recognised on acquisition (note 28)

At 31 December 2021 

Tangible 
assets 
£’000

404

169

—

573

32

—

605

Intangible 
assets 
£’000

(1,036)

(42)

(13)

(1,091)

8

—

(1,083)

Share-based
payments 
£’000

Tax losses 
£’000

Other timing
differences
£’000

101

(58)

—

43

338

—

381

447

(3)

—

444

(102)

—

342

(238)

74

—

(164)

(166)

—

(330)

Total 
£’000

(322)

140

(13)

(195)

110

—

(85)

Certain non-current deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset. The following is the analysis of the deferred tax balance (after offset) for financial reporting purposes:

Deferred tax assets – non-current

Deferred tax liabilities – current

Deferred tax liabilities – non-current

31 December
2021 
£’000

31 December
2020 
£’000

1,388

(390)

(1,083)

(85)

1,145

(250)

(1,090)

(195)

At the year end, the Group had tax losses of £1,574,000 (31 December 2020: £2,117,000) available for offset against future profits. A deferred tax asset of £341,000 (31 December 2020: 
£444,000) has been recognised in respect of such losses.

The Group has unrecognised tax losses of £7,054,000 (31 December 2020: £2,420,000) and unrecognised deferred tax assets of £1,475,000 (31 December 2020: £511,000) in relation to tax 
losses.

Deferred tax on unremitted earnings has not been recognised as management do not intend to pay dividends from jurisdictions where a tax charge would be incurred, and dividends received 
are not taxed in the UK.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements119

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

22. Ordinary shares

At 1 January 2020 – ordinary shares of 25p

Shares issued 

Share options exercised

Number of 
shares

Nominal value
£’000

80,115,626

20,029

2,437,628

30,000

609

8

At 31 December 2020 – ordinary shares of 25p 

82,583,254

20,646

Shares issued 

Share options exercised

—

145,636

—

36

At 31 December 2021 – ordinary shares of 25p 

82,728,890

20,682

Ordinary shares carry voting rights and are entitled to share in the profits of the Company 
(dividends). At the year end, 7,326,129 share options were held by the ESOP 
(31 December 2020: 1,970,375). The Company does not have a limited amount of 
authorised capital.

23. Reserves
Share premium 
The share premium reserve of £255,000 (31 December 2020: £255,000) shows the amount 
subscribed for share capital in excess of the nominal value. 

Other reserves
Other reserves consists of the merger reserve, ESOP reserve and translation reserve.

Merger reserve
The merger reserve of £3,667,000 (31 December 2020: £3,667,000) arose on the issuance of 
shares at a premium on a Group restructure, where the premium on issue qualified for merger 
relief. There has been no movement in the year.

ESOP reserve
The ESOP reserve of £1,478,000 debit (31 December 2020: £1,478,000 debit) represents 
the cost of own shares acquired in the Company by the Employee Benefit Trust (‘EBT’). 
The purpose of the EBT is to facilitate and encourage the ownership of shares by employees, 
by acquiring shares in the Company and distributing them in accordance with employee share 
schemes. The EBT may operate in conjunction with the Company’s existing share option 
schemes and other schemes that may apply from time to time.

Translation reserve
The translation reserve of £2,383,000 (31 December 2020: £3,272,000) arises on the 
translation into sterling of the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations, offset by any 
changes in fair value of financial instruments used to hedge this exposure. At this time there 
are no hedges in place.

Retained earnings
The retained earnings reserve shows the cumulative net gains and losses recognised in the 
consolidated income statement. 

For detailed movements on each of the above reserves, refer to the consolidated statement 
of changes in equity.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements120

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

24. Share‑based payments
The Group operates a number of equity-settled share incentive schemes used to award employees of the Group. A charge based on the fair value of the award on the grant date is taken to the 
consolidated income statement over the vesting period to recognise the cost of these. 

Options outstanding at 31 December 2021:

Name of share option scheme and grant date

Life of option

Executive Share Option Plan – 27 September 2012

Executive Share Option Plan – 23 May 2013

Executive Share Option Plan – 17 January 2014

Executive Share Option Plan– 15 May 2014

Executive Share Option Plan– 1 October 2015

Executive Incentive Plan – 27 January 2016

Executive Share Option Plan – 24 July 2017

Executive Share Option Plan – 13 February 2018

Executive Share Option Plan – 24 May 2018

Executive Share Option Plan – 11 July 2018

Executive Share Option Plan – 11 November 2019

Executive Share Option Plan – 4 December 2019

Executive Share Option Plan – 30 April 2021

10 years

10 years

10 years

10 years

10 years

10 years

10 years

10 years

10 years

10 years

10 years

10 years

10 years

Exercise period

Exercise 
price (pence)

Weighted
average 
exercise
price (pence)

September 2013 – September 2022

April 2016 – May 2023

April 2016 – January 2024

April 2017 – May 2024

April 2018 – October 2025

June 2016 – January 2026

December 2018 – July 2027

April 2021 – February 2028

97.5

25.0

25.0

25.0

25.0

25.0

nil

25.0

December 2020 – May 2028

nil – 25.0

April 2023 – July 2028

25.0

December 2021 – November 2029

April 2022 – December 2029

April 2024 – April 2031

nil

nil

nil

97.5

25.0

25.0

25.0

25.0

25.0

nil

25.0

16.9

25.0

0.0

0.0

nil

Number

85,002

45,788

82,418

69,365

420,000

200,000

270,000

508,000

405,000

230,000

260,000

721,667

4,030,395

7,327,636

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements121

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

24. Share‑based payments continued
Executive Share Option Plan (‘ESOP’)
This is a discretionary scheme, comprised of an HMRC-approved schedule and an unapproved 
schedule. The ESOP provides a lock-in incentive to Executive Directors and key management. 
Vesting of these options is subject to the satisfaction of certain performance criteria and 
typically around the rate of growth of diluted adjusted earnings per share over a three-year 
period. Rights to ESOP options lapse if the employee leaves the Company.

Options had not been granted to the Executive team between October 2015 and 
February 2018 due to many of them being involved in the sale of the Advertising Intelligence 
business and therefore possessing price-sensitive information. In 2018 options were granted in 
respect of the years ending 31 December 2016, 2017 and 2018. The options awarded in respect 
of the years ended 31 December 2016 and 31 December 2017 vest based on a sliding scale of 
compound growth of adjusted diluted EPS over a five-year period of between 4% and 10%. 

The options awarded in respect of the years ending 31 December 2018 and 31 December 2019 
have the same performance conditions other than that EPS growth rates of between 8% and 
15% are required for vesting. 

4,030,395 share options (2020: nil) were granted to employees under the ESOP in the year 
ended 31 December 2021.

Movements in outstanding ordinary share options:

Year ended 
31 December 2021

Year ended 
31 December 2020

Number of 
share options

Weighted
 average 
exercise price
 (pence)

Number of 
share options

Weighted
average 
exercise price
(pence)

Outstanding at 
beginning of year 

5,006,233

 28.8 

10,889,463

28.8

Granted during the year

 4,030,395 

Exercised during the year

Lapsed during the year

Performance criteria not 
expected to be met

Outstanding at the end 
of the year 

Exercisable at the end 
of the year

(145,636)

(943,716)

(620,000)

7,327,636

1,607,571

—

22

—

22

23 

18 

—

(30,000)

(5,853,230)

—

5,006,233

1,619,065

—

—

—

—

17.7 

23.5

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements122

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

24. Share‑based payments continued
Executive Share Option Plan (‘ESOP’) continued
During the year, 4,030,395 share options were granted (2020: nil) with a weighted average fair 
value of 48.5p. These fair values were calculated using the Black-Scholes model with the 
following inputs:

Weighted average share price

Exercise price 

Expected volatility1

Vesting period 

Risk-free interest rates

Year ended
31 December
2021 
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2020 
£’000

—

nil

50.45%

3 years

0.08% to 0.16%

—

—

—

—

—

1.  Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the Company over the period commensurate with the expected life 

of the options.

Options exercised in the period resulted in 145,636 shares (31 December 2020: 30,000 shares) 
being issued at a weighted average price of 22p each (31 December 2020: nil). The weighted 
average share price on the dates of exercise for options exercised during the year was 18p 
(31 December 2020: 25.0p).

The options outstanding at the end of the year have a weighted average remaining 
contractual life of 1.4 years (31 December 2020: 1.3 years), with a range of exercise prices being 
between nil and 25p.

The total charge in respect of share option schemes recognised in the consolidated income 
statement during the period amounted to a charge of £319,000 (31 December 2020: a credit 
of £1,845,498).

25. Capital and financial risk management
General objectives, policies and processes
The overall objective of the Board is to set policies that seek to reduce risk as far as possible 
without unduly affecting the Group’s competitiveness and flexibility. The Board has overall 
responsibility for the determination of the Group’s risk management policies and, whilst 
retaining ultimate responsibility for them, it has delegated the authority for designing and 
operating the processes that ensure the effective implementation of the financial risk 
management objectives and policies, to the Group’s finance function. The Board receives 
monthly reports from the Group’s finance function through which it monitors the 
effectiveness of the processes put in place and the appropriateness of the policies it sets. 

Capital and other reserves 
The Group considers its capital to comprise of its cash and cash equivalents, borrowings, 
ordinary share capital, share premium, non-controlling interests, reserves and accumulated 
retained earnings.

The Group’s objective when maintaining capital is to safeguard the entity’s ability to continue 
as a going concern so that it can continue to invest in the growth of the business and 
ultimately to provide an adequate return to its shareholders. The Directors believe the Group 
has sufficient capital to continue trading in the foreseeable future. 

The following table summarises the capital of the Group:

Financial assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities held at amortised cost:

Bank overdraft

Bank borrowings

Government borrowings

Net debt 

Equity 

Capital 

31 December
2021 
£’000

31 December
2020 
£’000

13,134

11,121

—

—

(17,901)

(18,880)

—

(4,767)

(23,004)

(27,771)

(750)

(8,509)

(30,746)

(39,255)

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
123

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

25. Capital and financial risk management continued
Financial risk management
The Group is exposed to risks that arise from its use of financial instruments. The Group’s 
objectives, policies and processes for managing those risks and the methods used to measure 
them are described below. Further quantitative information in respect of these risks is 
presented throughout these financial statements.

There have been no substantive changes in the Group’s exposure to financial instrument risks, 
its objectives, policies and processes for managing those risks or the methods used to measure 
them from previous years unless otherwise stated in this note.

The Group is exposed through its operations to a variety of financial risks: credit risk; market 
risk (including interest rate and currency risk); and liquidity risk.

Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or a counterparty to a 
financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations.

Trade receivables
The Group operates in an industry where most of its customers are reputable and 
well-established multinational or large national businesses. When the creditworthiness of a 
new customer is in doubt, credit limits and payment terms are established and authorised by 
the Territory Finance Director. The Group will suspend the services provided to customers who 
fail to meet the terms and conditions specified in their contract where it is deemed necessary.

There is no concentration of credit risk within the Group. The maximum credit risk exposure 
relating to financial assets is represented by the carrying values as at the year end.

The credit control function of the Group monitors outstanding debts of the Group. Debtor 
reports are reviewed and analysed on a regular basis. Trade receivables are analysed by the 
ageing and value of the debts. Customers with any overdue debts are contacted for payment 
and progress is tracked on a credit control report. Based on these procedures, management 
assessed the credit quality of those receivables that are neither past due nor impaired as low 
risk. There have been no significant changes to the composition of receivables counterparties 
within the Group that indicate this would change in the future.

The Directors consider that the carrying amounts of trade and other receivables are 
reasonable approximations of their fair value.

Financial assets past due but not impaired
The following is an analysis of the Group’s trade receivables identifying the totals of trade 
receivables which are past due but not impaired:

At 31 December 2021

At 31 December 2020

Total 
£’000

2,821

3,631

Past due 
+ 30 days 
£’000

1,275

2,225

Past due 
+ 60 days 
£’000

1,546

1,406

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements124

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

25. Capital and financial risk management continued
Credit risk continued
Financial assets past due but not impaired
The following is an analysis of the Group’s provision against trade receivables:

Trade receivables

31 December 2021

31 December 2020

Gross value
£’000

Provision 
£’000

Carrying value
£’000

Gross value
£’000

Provision 
£’000

Carrying value
£’000

14,517

(111)

14,406

15,895

(301)

15,594

The Group records impairment losses on its trade receivables separately from the gross amounts receivable. Impaired receivables are provided against based on expected recoverability. 
The movements on this allowance during the year are summarised below:

Opening balance

Increase in provision

Written off against provision

Recovered amount reversed

Foreign exchange

Closing balance

Year ended
31 December
2021 
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2020 
£’000

301

83

(199)

(68)

(6)

111

75

266

(1)

(37)

(2)

301

Market risk
Market risk arises from the Group’s use of interest-bearing, tradable and foreign currency financial instruments. There is a risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument 
will fluctuate because of changes in interest rates (interest rate risk), foreign exchange rates (currency risk) or other market factors (other price risk).

Interest rate risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk from bank loans and a revolving credit facility.

To illustrate the Group’s exposure to interest rate risk, a 0.5% increase/decrease in the rate applied to the Group’s borrowings would have resulted in a post-tax movement of £49,956.67 
(2020: £72,000).

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
125

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

25. Capital and financial risk management continued
Market risk continued
Currency risk
The Group is exposed to currency risk on foreign currency trading and intercompany balances, 
and also on the foreign currency bank accounts which it holds. These risks are offset by the 
holding of certain foreign currency bank borrowings. The translation of the assets and 
liabilities of the Group’s overseas subsidiaries represents a risk to the Group’s equity balances.

The Group’s exposure to currency risk at the year end can be illustrated by the following:

31 December 2021

31 December 2020

10% strengthening of 
US dollar

10% strengthening of euro

10% strengthening of 
Australian dollar

Increase 
in profit 
before tax1 
£’000

(98)

592

(40)

Increase 
in equity1 
£’000

1,877

1,335

532

Increase 
in profit 
before tax1 
£’000

111

172

(12)

1.  An equal weakening of any currency would broadly have the opposite effect.

Pounds sterling

US dollar 

Euro 

Australian dollar

Russian rouble 

Singapore dollar

Chinese renminbi

Indian rupee 

New Zealand dollar

South African rand

Increase 
in equity1 
£’000

2,069

1,281

631

United Arab Emirate 
dirham

Chilean peso 

Swiss franc 

The currency profile of the financial assets at 31 December 2021 is as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents

Net trade receivables

31 December
 2021 
£’000

31 December
 2020 
£’000

31 December
 2021 
£’000

31 December
 2020 
£’000

4,237

1,029

4,782

1,563

310

50

1,082

81

—

—

—

—

—

1,999

1,752

4,570

1,223

280

174

950

40

8

—

125

—

—

4,314

2,173

6,334

347

288

102

535

80

47

—

116

68

2

4,518

4,060

5,990

395

198

47

119

60

9

—

103

5

90

13,134

11,121

14,406

15,594

Other price risks
The Group does not have any material exposure to other price risks.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements126

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

25. Capital and financial risk management continued
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk arises from the Group’s management of working capital and the finance charges 
and principal repayments on its debt instruments, the risk being that the Group may not meet 
its financial obligations as they fall due.

The liquidity risk of each Group company is managed centrally by the Group. All surplus cash 
in the UK is held centrally to maximise the returns on deposits through economies of scale. 
The type of cash instrument used, and its maturity date, will depend on the Group’s forecast 
cash requirements. Throughout the year, the Group maintained a revolving credit facility 
with Barclays and NatWest (see note 19) to manage any short-term cash requirements. 
At 31 December 2021, £5,000,000 (31 December 2020: £4,000,000) of the revolving credit 
facility was undrawn and the £1,000,000 overdraft remains available. The facility expires in 
September 2023, at which point drawn-down amounts will be repayable.

It is a condition of the borrowings that the Group passes various covenant tests on a quarterly 
basis and the Group finance team regularly monitors the Group forecasts to ensure they are 
not breached.

Categories of financial assets and liabilities
The following tables set out the categories of financial instruments held by the Group. All of 
the Group’s financial assets and liabilities are measured at amortised cost.

Financial assets

Current financial assets

Amortised cost: 

Trade and other receivables1 (note 15)

Lease receivables (note 13)

Cash and cash equivalents (note 16)

31 December
2021 
£’000

31 December
2020 
£’000

16,094

146

13,134

29,374

16,389

171

11,121

27,681

1.  Trade and other receivables includes net trade receivables and other receivables and excludes prepayments and 

contract assets.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements127

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

25. Capital and financial risk management continued
Financial liabilities

31 December
2021 
£’000

Current financial liabilities

Other financial liabilities at amortised cost:

Trade and other payables1

Accruals 

Loans and borrowings

Lease liabilities2

Liabilities at fair value through profit and loss:

Contingent consideration

Non‑current financial liabilities

Other financial liabilities at amortised cost:

Bank loans and borrowings

Government borrowings

Lease liabilities2

Total financial liabilities

4,238

14,043

(59)

2,566

—

20,788

17,960

—

3,825

21,785

42,573

1.  Trade and other payables includes trade payables and other payables and excludes other taxation and social security 

and contract liabilities.

2.  Lease liabilities are those recognised in accordance with IFRS 16.

The following table illustrates the contractual maturity analysis of the Group’s financial 
liabilities:

31 December
2020 
£’000

2,827

5,392

(45)

2,338

1,957

12,469

At 31 December 2021

Trade and other payables

Accruals 

Bank loans and overdrafts

Lease liabilities1

Undiscounted cash flows

Less: finance charges allocated to future 
periods

Present value 

At 31 December 2020

Trade and other payables

18,925

Accruals 

750

5,820

25,495

37,964

Bank loans and overdrafts

Government borrowings

Lease liabilities1

Contingent consideration

Undiscounted cash flows

Less: finance charges allocated to future 
periods

Present value 

1.  Lease liabilities are those recognised in accordance with IFRS 16.

Within 
one year 
£’000

One to 
five years 
£’000

4,238

14,043

568

2,724

21,573

—

—

18,424

3,918

22,342

Total 
£’000

4,238

14,043

18,992

6,642

43,915

(785)

20,788

(557)

21,785

(1,342)

42,573

2,827

5,392

515

—

2,548

1,957

13,239

—

—

2,827

5,392

19,905

20,420

750

6,109

—

750

8,657

1,957

26,763

40,002

(770)

12,469

(1,269)

25,495

(2,039)

37,964

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements128

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

26. Dividends

Dividend in respect of the prior year

Total dividend paid

Year ended 
31 December
2021 
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2020 
£’000

—

—

—

—

No dividends were paid during the current financial year (2020: £nil). Dividends were paid to 
non-controlling interests as shown in the consolidated statement of changes in equity.

25. Capital and financial risk management continued
Fair value measurement
The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured 
subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, grouped into Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree 
to which the fair value is observable:

		 Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices in active markets for 

identical assets or liabilities;

		 Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices 
included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or 
indirectly; and

		 Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include 

inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

Level 1 
£’000

Level 2 
£’000

Level 3 
£’000

Total 
£’000

At 31 December 2021

Financial liabilities

Contingent consideration

At 31 December 2020

Financial liabilities

Contingent consideration

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1,957

1,957

—

—

1,957

1,957

Refer to note 19 for a reconciliation of movements during the year.

The fair value of the contingent consideration is £nil (31 December 2020: £1,957,000) 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements129

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

27. Cash generated from operations

(Loss) before taxation  

Adjustments for: 

Depreciation (notes 12 and 13) 

Amortisation (note 11)

(Gain)/loss on disposal  

Impairment of right-of-use assets (note 13)

Impairment of goodwill (note 10)

Unrealised foreign exchange loss 

Share option (credits)/charges (note 3) 

Finance income (note 6)

Finance expenses (note 6) 

US PPP release

Contingent consideration revaluations (note 3)

Decrease in trade and other receivables 

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables

Movement in provisions

Cash generated from operations

Year ended 
31 December
2021 
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2020 
£’000

(5,711)

(3,887)

2,609

2,495

3

—

—

70

319

(20)

882

(720)

7,397

7,324

2,250

2,226

—

11,800

2,761

2,087

(3)

24

817

35

(1,845)

(39)

915

—

791

1,656

2,457

1,714

—

5,827

28. Acquisitions
Digital Decisions BV
On 8 January 2020, the Group completed the purchase of Digital Decisions BV (‘Digital 
Decisions’). The acquisition was for an initial cash consideration of €700,000 (£597,000) 
with further consideration payable in a mix of cash and Ebiquity plc shares. The first deferred 
payment was based on performance in the year to 31 December 2020, for which the 
threshold was not met and there was no payment. 

The second will be based on the average performance for the two years ending 
31 December 2022. Due to the integration of the Digital Decisions service with the Group’s 
overall digital media products, the basis of the revenue included in the performance calculation 
for the two years ended 31 December 2022 was amended to include the contribution from all 
digital media solutions developed by the Digital Innovation Centre. The multiple applied in 
calculating the contingent consideration was reduced from eight times to six times the 
average of the relevant profits generated in 2021 and 2022.

The fair value of the initial purchase consideration for the acquisition of Digital Decisions is as 
follows:

Cash 

As discussed in note 19, the deferred payments constitute post-date remuneration and 
therefore will be accrued in accordance to the period they relate. 

£’000

597

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements130

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

28. Acquisitions continued
Digital Decisions BV continued
The carrying value and the provisional fair value of the net assets recognised at the date of 
acquisition are as follows:

Carrying value
£’000

Fair value
adjustment
£’0001

Fair value 
£’000

Brands 

Property, plant and equipment

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other payables

Deferred tax liabilities

Net assets acquired

Goodwill arising on acquisition²

Purchase consideration recognised 
on acquisition

—

16

127

10

(97)

 —

56

70

—

—

—

—

(13)

57

70

16

127

10

(97)

(13)

113

484

597

1.  The fair value adjustments relate to the finalisation of the allocation of the purchase consideration accounting for 

intangible assets (brands) and deferred tax liabilities.

2.  The goodwill recognised of £484,000 is attributable to the assembled workforce, expected synergies and other 

intangible assets, which do not qualify for separate recognition. None of the goodwill arising from the acquisition is 
expected to be tax deductible.

On 8 January 2020, the Group completed the purchase of Digital Decisions BV (‘Digital 
Decisions’). The acquisition was for an initial cash consideration of €700,000 (£597,000) 
with further consideration payable in a mix of cash and Ebiquity plc shares. The first deferred 
payment was based on performance in the year to 31 December 2020, for which the threshold 
was not met and there was no payment. 

The second will be based on the average performance for the two years ended 
31 December 2022. Due to the integration of the Digital Decisions service with the Group’s 
overall digital media products, the basis of the revenue included in the performance calculation 
for the two years ended 31 December 2022 was amended to include the contribution from all 
digital media solutions developed by the Digital Innovation Centre. The multiple applied in 
calculating the contingent consideration was reduced from 8 times to 6 times the average 
of the relevant profits generated in 2021 and 2022. On this basis, total consideration expected 
to be payable is £13 million, of which £0.6 million was paid in 2020 and £12.4 million will be 
payable in 2023.

The deferred payments constitute post-date remuneration and therefore will be accrued 
according to the period they relate (see note 10).

Digital Decisions contributed £3.7 million to revenue and £1.9 million profit before tax for 
the year ended 31 December 2021. An accrual for post-date remuneration of £7,922,000 
(31 December 2020: £nil), being two-thirds of the expected payment in 2023, was made 
during the year ended 31 December 2021 and has been recognised within highlighted items 
(see note 3).

Ebiquity Italy Media Advisor S.r.l.
On 3 February 2020, the Group agreed to acquire the remaining 49% interest in its subsidiary, 
Ebiquity Italy Media Advisor S.r.l. (‘Ebiquity Italy’), from the founders and minority 
shareholders Arcangelo DiNieri and Maria Gabrielli. The transaction completed on 
28 May 2020, following the approval of the Group’s audited financial statements. The total 
consideration of €3,648,000 (£3,086,000) was payable in a combination of cash and 
Ebiquity plc shares. All the consideration payments were paid by 1 March 2021.

29. Disposals
There were no disposals in the year.

30. Contingent liabilities
The Group is subject to claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business and 
provision is made where liabilities are considered likely to arise on the basis of current 
information and legal advice.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
 
131

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

31. Related party transactions
The Group has a related party relationship with its subsidiaries (refer to note 14) and key 
management personnel including Directors and Executive Committee members.

Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, or between subsidiaries, have been 
eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note. 

Compensation of key management personnel
The remuneration of the Directors, who are considered to be the key management personnel 
of the Group, is set out in note 5. There were no post-employment or other long-term benefits 
other than contributions to private pension schemes.

Transactions with companies related to key management personnel
There were no such transactions in the year.

32. Events after the reporting period
On 29 January 2022, the Company agreed to acquire Forde and Semple Media Works, 
the leading media performance consultancy in Canada, for a total consideration of 
CAD$1.3 million (£0.8 million), of which CAD$1.2 million (£0.7 million) was paid on completion 
and CAD$0.1 million (£0.06 million) was deferred for one year. Forde and Semple had revenues 
of CAD$1.1 million in the financial year ended 31 January 2021 and net assets of CAD$0.4 
million (£0.2 million) on completion. 

Ebiquity has a small operation in Russia, which in 2021 accounted for approximately £1 million 
of revenue. Given the recent developments in the Ukraine since February 2022, the operation 
is currently under review. 

On 29 March 2022, the Group entered into an agreement to acquire Media Management, LLC 
(‘MMi‘), a US based media audit specialist, for an initial consideration of US$8 million 
(£6.1 million) with a deferred consideration element payable in 2025. 84% of the initial 
consideration (US$6.72 million/£5.1 million) will be payable in cash on completion and 16% 
(US$1.28 million/£1.0 million) will be payable in cash and applied by the vendors to subscribe 
for Ebiquity ordinary shares rounded down to the nearest whole number and calculated by 
reference to the middle market quotations for the ordinary shares as shown by the AIM 
Appendix of the Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange for the five business days 
prior to the date of the announcement of the transaction (the ‘MMi Shares‘). The deferred 
consideration will be based on 1.0 times the adjusted earnings before interest and tax of the 
combined Ebiquity US and MMi businesses reported for 2024, which is expected to be at least 
£3.0 million. 80% of this will be payable directly in cash to the vendors and 20% will be applied 
by the vendors to subscribe for Ebiquity ordinary shares (the ‘Earn-Out Shares‘, and together 
with the MMi Shares, the ‘New Shares‘. The New Shares will be subject to an 18 month lock-in 
and ongoing orderly market restrictions pursuant to which they may not, save in limited 
circumstances, deal or otherwise dispose of any such interests in the New Shares other than 
through Panmure Gordon (or such other broker appointed by the Company from time to time). 
Completion is conditional upon the admission of the MMi Shares to trading on AIM.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
132

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Company statement of financial position

as at 31 December 2021

31 December
2021 
£’000

31 December
2020 
£’000

Note

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption allowed under section 408 of the 
Companies Act 2006 not to present its own income statement in these financial statements.

The movement in reserves of the Company includes a loss for the year of £3,724,000 
(2020: profit for the year of £17,936,000).

The notes on pages 134 to 145 are an integral part of the financial statements of the 
Company. The financial statements on pages 132 and 133 were approved and authorised for 
issue by the Board of Directors on 30 March 2022 and were signed on its behalf by:

Alan Newman 
Chief Financial and Operating Officer

Ebiquity plc. Registered No. 03967525

30 March 2022

Fixed assets 

Intangible assets

Right-of-use assets

Investments in subsidiaries

Deferred tax asset

Total fixed assets

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash at bank and in hand

Total current assets

Creditors: amounts falling  
due within one year

Net current liabilities

Total assets less current liabilities

Creditors: amounts falling  
due after more than one year

Net assets 

Equity 

Called up share capital

Share premium account

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Total shareholders’ funds

7

8

9

10

11

2,894

2,097

48,864

216

54,071

27,080

1,097

28,177

2,794

3,054

48,807

201

54,856

27,312

53

27,365

12

(33,643)

(28,091)

(5,466)

48,605

(19,916)

28,689

(726)

54,130

(22,069)

32,061

20,682

20,646

255

(733)

8,485

28,689

255

(733)

11,893

32,061

13

14

15

15

15

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements133

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Company statement of changes in equity

for the year ended 31 December 2021

At 1 January 2020

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive result for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Proceeds from shares issued

Share-based payments credit

Capital contribution relating to share-based payments

Dividends to shareholders

At 31 December 2020

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive result for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Proceeds from shares issued

Share-based payments credit

Capital contribution relating to share-based payments

Dividends to shareholders

At 31 December 2021

The notes on pages 134 to 145 are an integral part of the financial statements of the Company.

Note

14

14

14

14

Share
capital 
£’000

20,029

—

—

—

617

—

—

—

20,646

—

—

—

36

—

—

—

Share 
premium 
£’000

46

—

—

—

209

—

—

—

255

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Other 
reserves
 £’000

(733)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(733)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Retained 
earnings 
£’000

(4,189)

17,936

—

17,936

(8)

(1,570)

(276)

—

11,893

(3,724)

—

Total 
 £’000 

15,153

17,936

—

17,936

818

(1,570)

(276)

—

32,060

(3,724)

—

(3,724)

(3,724)

(3)

262

57

—

33

262

57

—

20,682

255

(733)

8,485

28,689

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements134

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the Company financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

1. General information
Ebiquity plc (the ‘Company’) acts as a holding company and is incorporated and domiciled in 
the UK. The Company is a public limited company and is limited by shares. The address of its 
registered office is Chapter House, 16 Brunswick Place, London N1 6DZ.

The financial statements of the Company represent the results for the year ended 
31 December 2021 whilst the comparatives represent the results for the year ended 
31 December 2020. 

The financial statements present information about the Company as an individual 
undertaking and not about its Group.

2. Basis of preparation
The financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with Financial 
Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ (‘FRS 101’). The financial statements 
have been prepared on a going concern basis. The Company meets its day-to-day working 
capital requirements through its cash reserves and borrowings, described in note 19 to the 
consolidated financial statements. As at 31 December 2021, the Company has undrawn bank 
facilities available of £5,000,000.

The lenders, Barclays and NatWest Bank, have agreed to covenant waivers and modifications 
where required in order to negate the risk of any future covenant breaches.

The existing covenants remained in place for the 12 months to March 2020 and June 2020 
and were achieved. In response to the disruption caused by the Covid-19 pandemic, modified 
covenants were agreed with the lenders in May 2020 which applied from July 2020 to 
30 November 2021. These require the Group to maintain minimum liquidity of at least 
£5 million at the end of every month during that period. In March 2021, a further covenant 
amendment was agreed with the lenders. With effect from September 2021, the minimum 
liquidity covenant was increased to £7.0 million and will be in place until June 2022. In addition, 
with effect from September 2021, an interest cover covenant was reintroduced at >4.0 and an 
adjusted leverage covenant was also reintroduced initially at <4.0, increasing to <4.25 in 
December 2021 and to <4.5 in March 2022, then reducing to <3.5 in June 2022. 

Since the year end, this facility has been increased and extended in contemplation of the two 
acquisitions currently under negotiation. The new facility, for which the legal agreements will 
be completed in March 2022, prior to the approval of the 2021 accounts, will provide a total 
available amount of £30 million, initially for a period of three years to March 2025, extendable 
for up to a further two years. Under this agreement, annual reductions of £1.25 million will 
apply from June 2023. The quarterly covenants to be applied from June 2022 onwards will be: 
interest cover >4.0; adjusted leverage <2.5 and adjusted deferred consideration leverage <3.5. 
There will be no minimum lending covenant. The margins on the facility have also been slightly 
increased compared to the previous one.

The facility may be used for deferred consideration payments on past acquisitions, to fund 
future potential acquisitions, and for general working capital requirements. In addition to the 
committed repayments under the new facility, surplus cash will be used to pay down the 
drawn facility, thus reducing interest payments.

In assessing the going concern status of the Group and Company, the Directors have 
considered the Group’s forecasts and projections, taking account of reasonably possible 
changes in trading performance and the Group’s cash flows, liquidity and bank facilities. 

For the purposes of this going concern review, the terms of the new facility, including the 
covenant tests, have been applied with effect from the quarter ending 30 June 2022 to 
determine whether the Group will remain in compliance with its bank obligations during 
the period to December 2023. 

The base case projection and the sensitivity analysis shows that the Group will remain 
within its covenants and that there is adequate headroom against each covenant. 
Specifically, the Directors have prepared a model to forecast covenant compliance and 
liquidity to 31 December 2023 that includes a base case and scenarios to form a severe 
but plausible downside case. 

The base case assumes growth in revenue and EBITDA when compared to the outturn of 
FY20 and assumes that trading will exceed 2019 levels by 31 December 2022. The severe but 
plausible case assumes a downside adjustment to revenue of 7%, offset by mitigating factors 
within the control of the Directors. Under both of these cases, there is headroom on covenant 
compliance and liquidity throughout the going concern period.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements135

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the Company financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

2. Basis of preparation continued
The Directors have also considered a scenario that leads to a breach in covenants; a form of 
reverse stress test. Actual trading in FY21 and the proportion of secured revenue at this time, 
is ahead of last year and whilst there is inherent uncertainty in trading for the second half of 
FY21 and into FY22, trading levels would need to significantly reduce to a level that is 
consistent with FY20 for there to be a breach in covenants. This scenario is not deemed 
plausible by the Directors. 

In addition, the downside assumptions that are applied to the base case are different from 
those modelled at the half year. The Directors are satisfied that based on the current trading 
performance of the Group and Company, the proven ability of the Group and Company to 
work remotely and still serve clients during the pandemic and the current vaccine roll outs, 
the prior downside assumptions are no longer plausible.

The Directors consider that the Group and Company will have sufficient liquidity within 
existing bank facilities, totalling £24,000,000 to meet its obligations during the next 12 
months and hence consider it appropriate to prepare the financial statements on a going 
concern basis. 

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention and in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies using FRS 101.

The Company has taken advantage of the following disclosure exemptions under FRS 101:

a.  the requirements of paragraphs 45(b) and 46-52 of IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payment’ (details 
of the number of weighted-average exercise prices of share options, and how the fair value 
of goods and services received was determined);

b.  the requirements of IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’;

c.  the requirements of paragraphs 91 to 99 of IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ (disclosure of 
valuation techniques and inputs used for ‘fair value measurement’ of assets and liabilities);

d.  the requirement in paragraph 38 of IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’ to present 

comparative information in respect of:

I.  paragraph 79(a)(iv) of IAS 1;

II.  paragraph 73(E) of IAS 16 ‘Property, Plant and Equipment’;

III. paragraph 118(E) of IAS 38 ‘Intangible Assets’ (reconciliations between the carrying 

amount at the beginning and end of the period);

The following paragraphs of IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’:

I.  10D (statement of cash flows);

II.  16 (statement of compliance with all IFRS);

III. 38A (requirement for minimum of two primary statements, including cash flow 

statements);

IV. 38B-D (additional comparative information);

V.  111 (cash flow statement information); and

VI. 134–136 (capital management disclosures).

e.  IAS 7 ‘Statement of Cash Flows’;

f.  paragraphs 30 and 31 of IAS 8 ‘Accounting Policies’, changes in accounting estimates and 

errors (requirement for the disclosure of information when an entity has not applied a new 
IFRS that has been issued but is not yet effective);

g.  paragraph 17 of IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’ (key management compensation); and

h.  the requirements in IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’ to disclose related party transactions 
entered into between two or more members of a group, provided that any subsidiary which 
is a party to the transaction is wholly owned by such a member.

Summary of significant accounting policies
The principal accounting policies adopted are set out below. These policies have been 
consistently applied to all periods presented, unless otherwise stated.

Finance income and expenses
Finance income and expenses represents interest receivable and payable. Finance income and 
expense is recognised on an accruals basis, based on the interest rate applicable to each bank 
or loan account.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements136

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the Company financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

2. Basis of preparation continued
Foreign currency transactions
The results and financial position of the Company are expressed in pounds sterling, which is 
the functional currency of the Company and the presentation currency for the Company 
financial statements.

Trading transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at the 
exchange rate ruling when the transaction was entered into. Assets and liabilities expressed  
in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at rates of exchange ruling at the end of the 
financial period.

All transactions involving foreign exchange gains and losses are dealt with through the income 
statement as and when they arise.

Dividend income
Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive payment is established.

Dividend distribution
Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the 
Company’s financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved by the 
Company’s shareholders.

Intangible assets
Computer software
Purchased computer software intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over 
their useful lives, which vary from four to five years.

Retirement benefits
For defined contribution pension schemes, the Company pays contributions to privately 
administered pension plans on a voluntary basis. The Company has no further payment 
obligations once the contributions have been paid. Contributions are charged to the income 
statement in the period to which they relate.

Share-based payments
The Company issues equity-settled share-based payments to its employees and employees  
of subsidiaries using the Company’s equity instruments. These are measured at fair value 
(excluding the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions) at the date of grant and 
expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of 
shares that will eventually vest and adjusted for the effect of non-market-based vesting 
conditions. A corresponding credit is recorded in equity.

For share options without performance conditions, fair value is measured by use of the 
Black-Scholes model. The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based on 
management’s best estimates, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions,  
and behavioural considerations.

The grant by the Company of options over its equity instruments to the employees of 
subsidiary undertakings in the Group is treated as a capital contribution. The fair value of 
employee services received, measured by reference to the grant date fair value, is recognised 
over the vesting period as an increase to investment in subsidiary undertakings, with a 
corresponding credit to equity in the parent entity financial statements. 

Internally generated intangible assets – development expenditure
Internally generated intangible assets relate to bespoke computer software and technology 
developed by the Group’s internal software development team. During the year, the Company 
generated £909,000 of internally generated intangible assets (2020: £1,053,000).

An internally generated intangible asset arising from the Group’s development expenditure is 
recognised only if all of the following conditions are met:

it is technically feasible to develop the asset so that it will be available for use or sale;

		 adequate resources are available to complete the development and to use or sell the asset;

there is an intention to complete the asset for use or sale;

the Group is able to use or sell the intangible asset;

it is probable that the asset created will generate future economic benefits; and

the development cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

Internally generated intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over their useful 
lives. Amortisation commences when the asset is available for use and useful lives range from 
one to five years. The amortisation expense is included within administrative expenses. Where 
an internally generated intangible asset cannot be recognised, development expenditure is 
recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements		
		
		
		
		
137

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the Company financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

2. Basis of preparation continued
Leases
The Company has a lease arrangement for buildings. At the inception of a lease contract, the 
Company assesses whether the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified 
asset for a certain period in exchange for a consideration, in which case it is identified as a 
lease. The Company then recognises a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability at 
the lease commencement date. Lease-related assets and liabilities are measured on a present 
value basis. Lease-related assets and liabilities are subjected to re-measurement when either 
terms are modified, or lease assumptions have changed. Such an event results in the lease 
liability being re-measured to reflect the measurement of the present value of the remaining 
lease payments, discounted using the discount rate at the time of the change. The lease 
assets are adjusted to reflect the change in the re-measured liabilities. 

Right-of-use assets 
Right-of-use assets include the net present value of the following components:

the initial measurement of the lease liability;

lease payments made before the commencement date of the lease; 

initial direct costs; and

		 costs to restore. 

The right-of-use assets are reduced for lease incentives relating to the lease. The right-of-use 
assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the duration of the contract. In the event 
that the lease contract becomes onerous, the right-of-use asset is impaired for the part which 
has become onerous.

Lease liabilities
Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following components: 

fixed payments excluding lease incentive receivables;

future contractually agreed fixed increases; and

		 payments related to renewals or early termination, in case options to renew or for early 

termination are reasonably certain to be exercised. 

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If such rate 
cannot be determined, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that  
the lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value, 
in a similar economic environment, with similar terms and conditions. The discount rate that is 
used to calculate the present value reflects the interest rate applicable to the lease at 
inception of the contract. Lease contracts entered into in a currency different to the local 
functional currency are subjected to periodic foreign currency revaluations which are 
recognised in the income statement in net finance costs. 

The lease liabilities are subsequently increased by the interest costs on the lease liabilities and 
decreased by lease payments made.

Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are held at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

Where the purchase consideration for the acquisition of an interest in a subsidiary is 
contingent on one or more future events, the cost of investment includes a reasonable 
estimate of the fair value of the amounts of consideration that are expected to be payable in 
the future. The cost of investment and the contingent consideration liability is adjusted until 
the ultimate payable is known.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and short-term deposits. In the statement 
of financial position, bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in current liabilities.

Share capital
Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded at the amount of the proceeds 
received, net of direct issuance costs.

Deferred taxation
Recognition of deferred tax assets is restricted to those instances where it is probable that 
taxable profit will be available against which the difference can be utilised. The recognition of 
deferred tax assets is reviewed at each year-end date.

The amount of the asset or liability is determined using tax rates that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted by the year-end date and are expected to apply when the deferred tax 
liabilities/assets are settled/recovered.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements		
		
		
		
		
138

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the Company financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

2. Basis of preparation continued
Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Company’s statement of financial 
position when the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Financial assets
Financial assets are classified, at initial recognition, and subsequently measured, at fair value 
through profit or loss (‘FVPL’), amortised cost, or fair value through other comprehensive 
income (‘FVOCI’).

The classification of financial assets at initial recognition depends on the financial asset’s 
contractual cash flow characteristics and the Company’s business model for managing them. 
In order for a financial asset to be classified and measured at amortised cost or FVOCI,  
it needs to give rise to cash flows that are ‘solely payments of principal and interest’ on the 
principal amount outstanding (the ‘SPPI Criterion’).

Financial assets are initially measured at their fair value plus, for those financial assets not at 
fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs. Purchases or sales of financial assets that 
require delivery of assets within a time frame established by regulation or convention in the 
marketplace (regular way trades) are recognised on the trade date, being the date that the 
Company commits to purchase or sell the asset.

For the purposes of subsequent measurement, all of the Company’s financial assets are 
classified as financial assets at amortised cost. Financial assets at amortised cost comprise of 
assets that are held within a business model with the objective to hold the financial assets in 
order to collect contractual cash flows that meet the SPPI Criterion. This category includes the 
Company’s trade and other receivables and cash and cash equivalents. These assets are 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The amortised 
cost is reduced by impairment losses, interest income, foreign exchange gains and losses, and 
impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss. Any gain or loss on derecognition is 
recognised in profit or loss.

The Company has not classified any assets as being financial assets at FVOCI or FVPL.

Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are classified, at initial recognition, as financial liabilities at fair value 
through profit or loss, loans and borrowings, or as payables, as appropriate.

All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value and, in the case of loans and 
borrowings and payables, net of directly attributable transaction costs.

The Company’s financial liabilities comprise of trade and other payables and borrowings.

The Company’s payables are subsequently measured at amortised cost. Gains and losses are 
recognised in profit or loss when the liabilities are derecognised.

Borrowings consisting of interest-bearing secured and unsecured loans and overdrafts are 
initially recognised at fair value net of directly attributable transaction costs incurred and 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The difference 
between the proceeds received net of transaction costs and the redemption amount is 
amortised over the period of the borrowings to which they relate. The revolving credit facility  
is considered to be a long-term loan.

Executive Share Option Plan (‘ESOP’)
The ESOP’s investment in the Company’s shares is deducted from shareholders’ equity in the 
statement of financial position as if they were treasury shares, except that profits on the sale 
of ESOP shares are not credited to the share premium account.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements139

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the Company financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

2. Basis of preparation continued
Critical accounting estimates and judgements 
In preparing the financial statements, the Directors have made certain estimates and 
judgements relating to the reporting of results of operations and the financial position of the 
Company. Actual results may significantly differ from those estimates, often as the result of 
the need to make assumptions about matters which are uncertain. The estimates and 
judgements discussed below are considered by the Directors to be those that have a critical 
accounting impact to the financial statements. 

Critical accounting estimates include the terminal growth rate used in impairment 
assessments, inputs to share option accounting fair value models and amounts to capitalise 
as intangible assets. These estimates are reached with reference to historical experience, 
supporting detailed analysis and, in the case of impairment assessments and share option 
accounting, external economic factors.

Critical accounting judgements include the treatment of events after the reporting period 
determined to be adjusting or non-adjusting events and the terminal growth rate used in 
impairment assessments.

4. Operating profit
Auditors’ remuneration
Fees for the audit of the Company were £3,000 (2020: £3,000). Fees paid to the Company’s 
auditors for services other than the statutory audit of the Company are disclosed in note 4 to 
the consolidated financial statements.

Directors’ remuneration
Fees paid to the Company’s Directors are disclosed in note 5 to the consolidated financial 
statements.

5. Employee information
The monthly average number of employees employed by the Company during the year, 
including Executive Directors, was as follows:

Investments
The Company has recorded an asset for investment in subsidiary companies. The Directors 
believe the carrying value of these investments is supported by their underlying net assets. 
Any changes to the carrying value of investments after the measurement period are 
recognised in the income statement.

IT development and support

Administration

Directors 

3. Company results for the year
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption allowed under section 408 of the 
Companies Act 2006 not to present its own income statement in these financial statements.

The movement in reserves of the Company includes a loss for the year of £3,724,000 
(2020: profit for the year of £17,936,000).

At 31 December 2021, the total number of employees of the Company was 38 
(31 December 2020: 40).

Staff costs for all employees, including Executive Directors, consist of:

Wages and salaries 

Social security costs 

Other pension costs

Share options (credit)/charge 

Total staff costs

Year ended 
31 December
2021 
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2020 
£’000

2,660

394

67

262

3,383

2,567

413

88

(1,570)

1,498

Year ended 
31 December
2021 
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2020 
£’000

12

19

7

38

16

19

6

41

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements140

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the Company financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

6. Tax on profit/(loss) 

The tax charge is made up as follows: 

Current tax 

Deferred tax 

Origination and reversal of timing differences

Taxation 

Total tax charge/(credit)

Year ended 
31 December
2021 
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2020 
£’000

7. Intangible assets

At 1 January 2021

18

(15)

—

3

19

Additions 

Disposals 

At 31 December 2021

(110)

—

(91)

Amortisation 

At 1 January 2021

Disposals 

Charge for the year

At 31 December 2021

Net book value

At 31 December 2021

At 31 December 2020

The tax assessment for the year differs (2020: differs) to the standard rate of corporation tax 
in the UK of 19.00% (31 December 2020: 19.00%). 

The differences are explained below:

Profit/(loss) before taxation 

Profit/(loss) at the standard rate of   
corporation tax in the UK of 19.00% (2020: 19.00%)

Effects of: 

Year ended 
31 December
2021 
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2020 
£’000

(3,721)

17,844

(707)

3,390

(Income) not taxable/expenses not deductible 

(160)

(3,972)

Additions to intangibles

Relieved to other Group companies

Adjustments to tax credit in respect of prior years

Withholding tax suffered

Deferred tax 

Tax credit/(charge) for the year

24

843

18

—

(15)

3

20

562

19

—

(110)

(91)

Deferred tax on unremitted earnings has not been recognised as management does not 
intend to pay dividends from jurisdictions where a tax charge would be incurred and dividends 
received are not taxed in the UK.

Research and
development
£’000

3,305

1,538

(902)

3,941

(899)

902

(1,237)

(1,234)

2,707

2,406

Computer
software 
£’000

1,576

—

—

1,576

Total 
£’000

4,881

1,538

(902)

5,517

(1,188)

(2,087)

—

(201)

(1,389)

187

388

902

(1,438)

(2,623)

2,894

2,794

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements141

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the Company financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

8. Right‑of‑use assets and lease liabilities
Right-of-use assets 

Lease liabilities

Buildings 
£’000

Total 
£’000 

Cost 

Cost 

At 1 January 2020

Disposals 

At 31 December 2020

Disposals 

At 31 December 2021

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2020

Charge for the year 

Impairment for the year

At 1 January 2021

Charge for the year 

Impairment for the year

At 31 December 2021

Net book value

At 31 December 2021

At 31 December 2020

5,001

(65)

4,936

(89)

4,847

At 1 January 2020

Cash payments in the year

Interest charge in the year

At 31 December 2020

Cash payments in the year

Interest charge in the year

At 31 December 2021

(976)

Current 

(1,007)

Non-current  

5,001

(65)

4,936

(89)

4,847

(976)

(1,007)

101

101

(1,882)

(1,882)

(969)

101

(969)

101

(2,750)

(2,750)

2,097

3,054

2,097

3,054

The present value of the minimum lease payments are as follows: 

Amounts due: 

Within one year

Between one and two years 

Between two and three years

Between three and four years

Between four and five years

Later than five years

Buildings 
£’000

4,720

(966)

130

3,884

(944)

105

3,045

1,504

1,541

Total 
£’000 

4,720

(966)

130

3,884

(944)

105

3,045

1,504

1,541

Minimum lease payments

31 December
2021
 £’000

31 December
2020
 £’000

1,574

1,259

315

—

—

—

1,259

1,259

1,259

315

—

—

3,148

4,092

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements142

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the Company financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

9. Investments in subsidiaries

Cost and net book value

At 1 January 2020

Disposals  

At 31 December 2020

Additions  

At 31 December 2021

The following is the analysis of the deferred tax balance for financial reporting purposes:

£’000 

49,082

(275)

48,807

57

48,864

Deferred tax assets – non-current

Deferred tax liabilities – current

Deferred tax liabilities – non-current

31 December
2021 
£’000

31 December
2020 
£’000

216

—

—

216

201

—

—

201

The Company’s principal trading subsidiaries and associated undertakings are listed in note 14 
to the consolidated financial statements. 

The Directors believe that the carrying value of the investments is supported by their 
underlying net assets, based on the impairment assessment carried out, as described in note 
10 to the consolidated financial statements.

Deferred tax relates to the timing differences arising on adoption of IFRS 16. A deferred tax 
asset has arisen since the depreciation of the right-of-use asset exceeds the lease cash 
payments made.

There are no unrecognised deferred tax assets.

The additions in the year relates to the allocation of £57,000 of the share option charge, being 
the portion attributable to staff employed by subsidiaries of the Company. 

11. Trade and other receivables

10. Deferred tax asset 

At 1 January 2020

Credit to income

At 31 December 2020

Credit to income

At 31 December 2021 

Tangible assets
£’000

Total 
£’000 

91

110

201

15

216

91

110

201

(37)

164

Trade receivables

Amounts owed by Group undertakings 

Other receivables

Other taxation and social security

Prepayments 

Amounts owed by Group undertakings are unsecured, non-interest bearing, have no fixed date 
of repayment and are repayable on demand.

31 December
2021 
£’000

31 December
2020 
£’000

240

25,715

722

161

242

—

26,205

319

122

666

27,080

27,312

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements 
143

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the Company financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

12. Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Bank loans and overdrafts

Trade creditors

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Corporation tax

Lease liabilities (note 8)

Other taxation and social security

Accruals 

31 December
2021 
£’000

31 December
2020 
£’000

(59)

1,123

28,712

—

1,504

—

2,363

33,643

(45)

823

24,217

—

1,152

—

1,944

28,091

Included within amounts owed to Group undertakings is an amount which is unsecured, incurs 
interest at 5.5% plus Bank of England base rate, has no fixed date of repayment and is 
repayable on demand. The residual amounts owed to Group undertakings are unsecured, 
interest free, have no fixed date of repayment and are repayable on demand.

13. Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year
31 December
2021 
£’000

31 December
2020 
£’000

Bank loans – between two and five years 

Provisions 

Lease liabilities (note 8)

17,960

416

1,541

19,917

18,925

412

2,732

22,069

All bank borrowings are held jointly with Barclays and NatWest. The new committed facility, 
totalling £24,000,000, comprises a revolving credit facility (‘RCF’) of £23,000,000 (of which 
£18,000,000 was drawn down at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: £19,000,000)) and 
£1,000,000 available as an overdraft for working capital purposes. The RCF has a maturity 
date of 20 September 2023. The drawn RCF and any further drawings under the RCF are 
repayable on maturity of the facility. The facility may be used for deferred consideration 
payments on past acquisitions, to fund future potential acquisitions, and for general working 
capital requirements.

Loan arrangement fees of £120,000 (31 December 2020: £120,000) are offset against the 
term loan and are being amortised over the period of the loan. £45,000 of loan arrangement 
fees have been included within creditors due within one year and the balancing £75,000 has 
been included within creditors due after more than one year.

The facility bears variable interest of SONIA plus a margin of 2.25%. The margin rate is able 
to be lowered each quarter end depending on the Group’s net debt to EBITDA ratio.

The undrawn amount of the revolving credit facility is liable to a fee of 40% of the prevailing 
margin. The Group may elect to prepay all or part of the outstanding loan subject to a break 
fee, by giving five business days’ notice.

All amounts owing to the bank are guaranteed by way of fixed and floating charges over the 
current and future assets of the Group. As such, a composite guarantee has been given by all 
significant subsidiary companies in the UK, US, Germany and Australia.

The provision represents the expected costs of vacating the London property. The provision is 
expected to be fully utilised by December 2024.

The lease liabilities were recognised in the prior year on the signing of the lease agreement 
during the year in accordance with IFRS 16.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements144

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the Company financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

14. Called up share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid

At 1 January 2020 – ordinary shares of 25p

Shares issued 

Share options exercised

Number 
of shares

Nominal value
£’000

80,115,626

 2,437,628

30,000

20,029

609

8

At 31 December 2020 – ordinary shares of 25p

82,583,254

20,646

Shares issued 

Share options exercised

—

145,636

—

36

At 31 December 2021 – ordinary shares of 25p

82,728,890

20,682

Ordinary shares carry voting rights which are entitled to share in the profits of the Company. 
No dividend was paid in the current year (2020: nil per share, a total of £nil) to shareholders.

15. Reserves 
Share premium
The share premium reserve shows the amount subscribed for share capital in excess of the 
nominal value. 

Other reserves
Other reserves consists of the merger reserve and ESOP reserve.

Merger reserve
The merger reserve arose on the issuance of shares at a premium on a Group restructure, 
where the premium on issue qualified for merger relief. There has been no movement in 
the year.

ESOP reserve
The ESOP reserve represents the cost of own shares acquired in the Company by the 
Employee Benefit Trust (‘EBT’). The purpose of the EBT is to facilitate and encourage the 
ownership of shares by employees, by acquiring shares in the Company and distributing 
them in accordance with employee share schemes. The EBT may operate in conjunction 
with the Company’s existing share option schemes and other schemes that may apply from 
time to time.

The ESOP trusts were created to award shares to certain employees at less than market 
value. The trusts in aggregate hold unallocated shares costing £1,471,000 (31 December 2020: 
£1,471,000) funded by the Company. The sponsoring company is responsible for the 
administration and maintenance of the trust. The number of shares held by the trust is 
4,201,504 (31 December 2020: 4,201,504), all of which are under option to the employees of 
the Group. As at the statement of financial position date, all of the shares in the ESOP had 
vested (31 December 2020: all had vested).

Retained earnings
The retained earnings reserve shows the cumulative net gains and losses recognised in the 
income statement. For detailed movements on each of the above reserves, refer to the 
statement of changes in equity.

The distributable reserves of the Company total £8,485,000 (31 December 2020: 
£11,893,000).

16. Share‑based payments
Full disclosure of share-based payments is included in the consolidated financial statements 
(see note 24 to the consolidated financial statements).

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements145

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Notes to the Company financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2021

17. Commitments
Capital commitments contracted but not provided for by the Company amount to £nil 
(31 December 2020: £nil). 

20. Audit exemption of subsidiaries
The following subsidiaries are exempt from the requirements of the UK Companies Act 2006 
relating to the audit of individual accounts in the year ending 31 December 2021 by virtue of 
s479C of the Act.

18. Contingent liabilities
The Company is subject to claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business 
and provision is made where liabilities are considered likely to arise on the basis of current 
information and legal advice.

Name 

BCMG Limited 

Checking Advertising Services Limited

19. Related party transactions
Under FRS 101.8(k), the Company is exempt from the requirement to disclose transactions 
with entities that are part of the Ebiquity plc Group, or investees of the Group qualifying as 
related parties, as all of the Company’s voting rights are controlled within the Group.  
The Company has no other material related parties. Related party transactions are detailed  
in note 31 to the consolidated financial statements. 

Transactions with key management personnel 
FRS 101.8(j) exempts entities from the disclosures in respect of the compensation of key 
management personnel. 

Ebiquity Asia Pacific Limited

Ebiquity Russia Limited

Ebiquity UK Limited

Ebiquity US Financing Limited

Ebiquity US Holdings Limited

Fairbrother Lenz Eley Limited

FLE Holdings Limited

FirmDecisions Group Limited

FirmDecisions Limited

The Register Group Limited

Xtreme Information Services Limited

Registered
number

3013406

3580727

3528287

3723076

2454455

8633401

8632518

2548073

5819100

6283975

6283647

1658972

4244794

The outstanding liabilities as at 31 December 2021 of the above-named subsidiaries have been 
guaranteed by Ebiquity plc (registered company number 03967525) pursuant to s479A to 
s479C of the Act. In the opinion of the Directors, the possibility of the guarantee being called 
upon is remote.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements146

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Advisers

Shareholder information

Independent auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors  
1 Embankment Place  
London WC2N 6RH

Nominated adviser and broker
Panmure Gordon (UK) Limited
One New Change  
London EC4M 9AF

Registrars
Computershare Investor Services plc
PO Box 82  
The Pavilions  
Bridgwater Road  
Bristol BS99 7NH

Financial PR
Camarco
3rd Floor  
Cannongate House  
62-64 Cannon Street  
London EC4N 6AE

Country of incorporation
Ebiquity plc is registered and incorporated in England and Wales 
with registered number 03967525. 

Registered office
Chapter House  
16 Brunswick Place  
London N1 6DZ

Company Secretary
Lorraine Young
lorraine.young@ebiquity.com

Shareholders can sign up to receive emails when the Company makes 
regulatory announcements. Details are on the investor section of the Company’s website 
www.ebiquity.com

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements147

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Glossary

AdIntel 

Advertising Intelligence

AIM 

Board 

CEO 

CFO  

CGUs  

Digital  
Decisions 

Alternative Investment Market

the Board of Directors of Ebiquity plc

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

cash-generating units

Digital Decisions BV 

Highlighted 
items  

highlighted items comprise non-cash charges and non-recurring items  
 which are highlighted in the income statement because separate disclosure 
is considered relevant in understanding the underlying performance of the 
business

IFRS  

ISBA  

KPIs  

International Financial Reporting Standards

Incorporated Society of British Advertisers

key performance indicators

Like‑for‑like  

 prior year results are adjusted to include the results of recent acquisitions 
as if they had been owned for the same period in the prior year

Ebiquity Italy 

Ebiquity Italy Media Advisor S.r.l.

LTIP  

Long-Term Incentive Plan

Ebiquity or  
the Company 

Ebiquity plc 

Net debt  

 long-term borrowings, short-term borrowings less cash and cash 
equivalents

EBIT  

earnings before interest and tax

PwC  

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

EBITDA  

earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation

QCA Code 

Quoted Companies Alliance Corporate Governance Code

EBT  

EPS  

ESOP  

FMCG 

Employee Benefit Trust

earnings per share

Executive Share Option Plan

fast-moving consumer goods

FRS 101  

Financial Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’

FVOCI 

FVPL 

fair value through other comprehensive income

fair value through profit or loss

the Group  

Ebiquity plc and its subsidiaries

RCF  

SONIA  

TSR  

revolving credit facility

Sterling Overnight Index Average

total shareholder return

Underlying 
performance  

underlying performance refers to the results of operations  
before highlighted items

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements148

Ebiquity plc  
Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Alternative performance measures

In these results we refer to ‘underlying’ and ‘statutory’ results, as well as other non-GAAP 
alternative performance measures. 

Underlying profit is not recognised under IFRS and may not be comparable with underlying 
profit measures used by other companies. 

Alternative performance measures (‘APMs’) used by the Group are:

		 net revenue;

like-for-like revenue growth; 

		 underlying operating profit; 

		 underlying operating margin; 

		 underlying profit before tax; 

		 underlying earnings per share; and 

		 underlying operating cash flow conversion. 

Net revenue is the result when project-related costs, comprising external production costs,  
are deducted from revenue.

Underlying results are not intended to replace statutory results but remove the impact of 
highlighted items in order to provide a better understanding of the underlying performance of 
the business. The above APMs are consistent with how business performance is measured 
internally by the Group. 

Highlighted items comprise non-cash charges and non-recurring items which are highlighted in 
the consolidated income statement as their separate disclosure is considered by the Directors 
to be relevant in understanding the underlying performance of the business. The non-cash 
charges include share option charges and amortisation of purchased intangibles. 

The non-recurring items include the costs associated with potential and completed 
acquisitions and disposals, adjustments to the estimates of contingent consideration on 
acquired entities, asset impairment charges, management restructuring and other significant 
one-off items. Costs associated with acquisition identification and early stage discussions 
with acquisition targets are reported in underlying administrative expenses. 

Further details of highlighted items are set out within the financial statements and the notes 
to the financial statements.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statements		
The paper used in this report is produced using virgin wood fibre from 
well-managed, FSC®-certified forests and other controlled sources. 
All pulps used are elemental chlorine free and manufactured at a mill that 
has been awarded the ISO 14001 and EMAS certificates for environmental 
management. The use of the FSC® logo identifies products which contain 
wood from well-managed forests and other controlled sources certified in 
accordance with the rules of the Forest Stewardship Council®.

Printed by an FSC® and ISO 14001 certified company.

Designed and produced by

www.lyonsbennett.com

E

b

i

q

u

i

t

y

p

l

c

|

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

f

i

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

s

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

f

o

r

t

h

e

y

e

a

r

e

n

d

e

d

3

1

D

e

c

e

m

b

e

r

2

0

2

1

Visit us online at  
www.ebiquity.com

Ebiquity plc
Chapter House 
16 Brunswick Place 
London N1 6DZ